WO2021134626A1 - Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal blocks - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal blocks Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021134626A1
WO2021134626A1 PCT/CN2019/130836 CN2019130836W WO2021134626A1 WO 2021134626 A1 WO2021134626 A1 WO 2021134626A1 CN 2019130836 W CN2019130836 W CN 2019130836W WO 2021134626 A1 WO2021134626 A1 WO 2021134626A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time
frequency unit
frequency
subset
ssb
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/130836
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
高宽栋
黄煌
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201980103174.1A priority Critical patent/CN114846758A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2019/130836 priority patent/WO2021134626A1/en
Publication of WO2021134626A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021134626A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and device for transmitting synchronization signal blocks.
  • a multi-beam terminal may perform beam training before receiving a paging message sent by a multi-beam network device.
  • the terminal can perform 8 rounds of beam training to obtain the best matching beam pair, that is, each round of the network device scans all 16 transmit beams In one circle, the terminal uses one of the eight receiving beams to receive, so as to obtain a transmitting beam paired with each of the eight receiving beams of the terminal.
  • beam training can be implemented by transmitting a synchronization signal block (SSB).
  • SSB synchronization signal block
  • the network device has 16 transmitting beams and the terminal has 8 receiving beams, if each beam corresponds to an SSB index, and the duration of each round of beam training is 20ms for an SSB cycle, it will take at least 160ms to be The 8 beams of the terminal find the corresponding beam pair. Therefore, the beam training of the traditional scheme takes a long time.
  • the present application provides a method and device for transmitting SSB, which can help reduce the time-consuming beam training.
  • a method for transmitting SSB includes: receiving configuration information, the configuration information being used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and each time-frequency unit in the at least two time-frequency unit sets The time-frequency units in the set correspond to the same frequency-domain resources, and different time-frequency unit sets correspond to different frequency-domain resources, wherein different time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets are used for transmission Different SSB; according to the configuration information, receive SSB.
  • the configuration information configured by the network device for the terminal may indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the SSB is sent in different time-frequency units of the same time domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  • the terminal can respectively receive the SSB on at least two time-frequency units corresponding to one time-domain resource. Since different SSBs correspond to different beams (for example, the beam direction and the SSB have a one-to-one mapping relationship), the terminal can simultaneously receive the SSBs transmitted through at least two transmission beams.
  • the network device can only use one transmit beam to transmit the SSB on the same time domain resource.
  • the embodiment of this application can use two transmit beams to transmit the SSB separately on the same time domain resource, which helps to reduce beam training. Time-consuming, and reduce the power consumption of terminals and network equipment.
  • the SSB and the first time-frequency unit transmitted in the second time-frequency unit subset exist in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the SSB transmitted by the subset has a quasi-co-located QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset is the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit The time domain resources of the unit subsets are different.
  • the first time-frequency unit set may be any one of the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  • the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit and the time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set may exist in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the transmitted SSB has a QCL relationship.
  • the other time-frequency unit sets may be all or part of the time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the first time-frequency unit set is a CS-SSB time-frequency unit set
  • other time-frequency unit sets can be NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit sets, NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit sets, and NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit sets. At least one of them.
  • the first time-frequency unit and the second time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set having a QCL relationship have different time-domain resources for enabling network equipment to use different transmission beams to transmit SSB on the same time-domain resource, thereby It helps to shorten the length of beam training.
  • each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets includes at least two time-frequency unit subsets, and the first time-frequency unit set is divided by the at least two time-frequency unit sets
  • the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset in the other time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the first time-frequency unit set, where the first time-frequency unit where the SSB with the QCL relationship is located
  • the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset in the set have different time domain resources.
  • the first time-frequency unit set may be any one of the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  • the network device or terminal may divide each time-frequency unit set into multiple time-frequency unit sub-sets.
  • the QCL relationship may be the QCL relationship between the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets.
  • the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset included in the first time-frequency unit set having a QCL relationship have different time-domain resources for implementing network devices using different transmission beams on the same time-domain resource SSB is sent to help shorten the time of beam training.
  • the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset exists in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and all time-frequency units in the first time-frequency unit set except the first time-frequency unit subset
  • the SSB transmitted by the subset has a QCL relationship, where the time domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit, and the second time-frequency unit subset is the same as that of the first time-frequency unit.
  • the time-frequency unit subset other than the time-frequency unit subset is any time-frequency unit subset where the SSB with the QCL relationship is located.
  • the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset of other frequency domain resources has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit set other than the first time-frequency unit subset in the time-frequency unit set traversing the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first time-frequency unit subset may be any time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the time domain resources of different time-frequency unit subsets of the transmitted SSB having a QCL relationship are different.
  • the time-frequency unit subset that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset except the first time-frequency unit subset and the first time-frequency unit subset The time domain resources are the same. In this way, SSBs corresponding to multiple time-frequency unit subsets can be sent on the same time-domain resource, thereby further shortening the duration of beam training.
  • the method further includes: receiving indication information for indicating that the SSB transmitted by the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set has QCL The time-frequency unit where the related SSB is located, and the second time-frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit. That is to say, the indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit where the two SSBs having a QCL relationship are located, so that the network device can flexibly configure the QCL relationship, which improves the flexibility of configuration.
  • the method further includes: receiving indication information, the indication information being used to indicate the SSB transmitted in the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set A subset of time-frequency units where the SSBs having a QCL relationship are located, and the second time-frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the indication information may indicate the QCL relationship between the SSB transmitted in the time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set and the SSB transmitted in the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set. That is, the indication information can indicate the location of the SSB with the QCL relationship in a combined form, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the indication information.
  • the indication information indicates the number of unit lengths of the cyclic shift of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit subset relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
  • the terminal When the terminal knows the time domain position of the second time-frequency unit subset, it can learn the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset according to the indication information.
  • the domain position does not need to be specifically configured with the time domain position of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the first time-frequency unit set, where the same
  • the SSB used for transmission in the time-frequency unit subset of the sequential position has a QCL relationship.
  • the network device can set the QCL relationship of the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets, and inform the SSB with the QCL relationship of the SSB with the QCL relationship by indicating the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the different time-frequency unit sets.
  • the location of the time-frequency unit subset In other words, the network device provides another way to configure the QCL relationship, which helps to save the time delay of beam training.
  • the receiving instruction information includes receiving system information, and the system information includes the instruction information.
  • the network equipment can reuse the information in the prior art, which avoids sending the indication information specially, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • a method for transmitting a synchronization signal block SSB includes: sending configuration information, the configuration information being used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, each of the at least two time-frequency unit sets The time-frequency units in the time-frequency unit set correspond to the same frequency domain resource, and different time-frequency unit sets correspond to different frequency domain resources, wherein the at least two time-frequency unit sets have different time-frequency units of the same time domain resource It is used to transmit different SSBs; the SSB is sent on at least two time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  • the configuration information configured by the network device for the terminal may indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the SSB is sent in different time-frequency units of the same time domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  • the terminal can respectively receive the SSB on at least two time-frequency units corresponding to one time-domain resource. Since different SSBs correspond to different beams (for example, the beam direction and the SSB have a one-to-one mapping relationship), the terminal can simultaneously receive the SSBs transmitted through at least two transmission beams.
  • the network device can only use one transmit beam to transmit the SSB on the same time domain resource.
  • the embodiment of this application can use two transmit beams to transmit the SSB separately on the same time domain resource, which helps to reduce beam training. Time-consuming, and reduce the power consumption of terminals and network equipment.
  • the SSB and the first time-frequency unit transmitted in the second time-frequency unit subset exist in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the SSB transmitted by the subset has a quasi-co-located QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset is the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit The time domain resources of the unit subsets are different.
  • the first time-frequency unit set may be any one of the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  • the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit and the time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set may exist in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the transmitted SSB has a QCL relationship.
  • the other time-frequency unit sets may be all or part of the time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the first time-frequency unit set is a CS-SSB time-frequency unit set
  • other time-frequency unit sets can be NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit sets, NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit sets, and NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit sets. At least one of them.
  • the first time-frequency unit and the second time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set having a QCL relationship have different time-domain resources for enabling network equipment to use different transmission beams to transmit SSB on the same time-domain resource, thereby It helps to shorten the length of beam training.
  • each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets includes at least two time-frequency unit subsets, and the first time-frequency unit set is divided by the at least two time-frequency unit sets
  • the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset in the other time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the first time-frequency unit set, where the first time-frequency unit where the SSB with the QCL relationship is located
  • the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset in the set have different time domain resources.
  • the first time-frequency unit set may be any one of the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  • the network device or terminal may divide each time-frequency unit set into multiple time-frequency unit sub-sets.
  • the QCL relationship may be the QCL relationship between the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets.
  • the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset included in the first time-frequency unit set having a QCL relationship have different time-domain resources for implementing network devices using different transmission beams on the same time-domain resource SSB is sent to help shorten the time of beam training.
  • the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset exists in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and all time-frequency units in the first time-frequency unit set except the first time-frequency unit subset
  • the SSB transmitted by the subset has a QCL relationship, where the time domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit, and the second time-frequency unit subset is the same as that of the first time-frequency unit.
  • the time-frequency unit subset other than the time-frequency unit subset is any time-frequency unit subset where the SSB with the QCL relationship is located.
  • the first time-frequency unit set may be any one of the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  • the network device or terminal may divide each time-frequency unit set into multiple time-frequency unit sub-sets.
  • the QCL relationship may be the QCL relationship between the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets.
  • the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset included in the first time-frequency unit set having a QCL relationship have different time-domain resources for implementing network devices using different transmission beams on the same time-domain resource SSB is sent to help shorten the time of beam training.
  • the method further includes:
  • Send instruction information which is used to indicate the time-frequency unit where the SSB in the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship, and the second time-frequency unit set
  • the frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit. That is to say, the indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit where the two SSBs having a QCL relationship are located, so that the network device can flexibly configure the QCL relationship, which improves the flexibility of configuration.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second time-frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the indication information may indicate the QCL relationship between the SSB transmitted in the time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set and the SSB transmitted in the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set. That is, the indication information can indicate the location of the SSB with the QCL relationship in a combined form, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the indication information.
  • the indication information indicates the number of unit lengths of the cyclic shift of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit subset relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
  • the terminal When the terminal knows the time domain position of the second time-frequency unit subset, it can learn the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset according to the indication information.
  • the domain position does not need to be specifically configured with the time domain position of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the first time-frequency unit set, where the same
  • the SSB used for transmission in the time-frequency unit subset of the sequential position has a QCL relationship.
  • the network device can set the QCL relationship of the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets, and inform the SSB with the QCL relationship of the SSB with the QCL relationship by indicating the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the different time-frequency unit sets.
  • the location of the time-frequency unit subset In other words, the network device provides another way to configure the QCL relationship, which helps to save the time delay of beam training.
  • the sending instruction information includes sending system information
  • the system information includes the instruction information
  • the network equipment can reuse the information in the prior art, which avoids sending the indication information specially, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • a device for transmitting a synchronization signal block SSB may be a terminal or a chip for the terminal, such as a chip that can be set in the terminal.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned first aspect and various possible implementation manners. This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may be, for example, at least one of a transceiver, a receiver, and a transmitter.
  • the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a transmitting module.
  • the ground can include a radio frequency circuit or an antenna.
  • the processing module may be a processor.
  • the device further includes a storage module, and the storage module may be a memory, for example. When a storage module is included, the storage module is used to store instructions.
  • the processing module is connected to the storage module, and the processing module can execute the instructions stored in the storage module or from other instructions, so that the device executes the above-mentioned first aspect and various possible implementation modes of communication methods.
  • the device can be a terminal.
  • the chip when the device is a chip, the chip includes: a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may be, for example, an input/output interface, pin, or circuit on the chip.
  • the processing module may be a processor, for example.
  • the processing module can execute instructions so that the chip in the terminal executes the foregoing and any possible implementation communication methods.
  • the processing module may execute instructions in the storage module, and the storage module may be a storage module in the chip, such as a register, a cache, and the like.
  • the storage module can also be located in the communication device but outside the chip, such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory) memory, RAM) etc.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • the processor mentioned in any of the above can be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for controlling the above The first aspect, as well as any possible implementation of the method of program execution integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • a device for transmitting a synchronization signal block SSB may be a network device or a chip used in a network device, such as a chip that can be set in a network device.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned second aspect and various possible implementation manners. This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module may be, for example, at least one of a transceiver, a receiver, and a transmitter.
  • the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a transmitting module. Specifically, it may include a radio frequency circuit or an antenna.
  • the processing module may be a processor.
  • the device further includes a storage module, and the storage module may be a memory, for example.
  • the storage module is used to store instructions.
  • the processing module is connected to the storage module, and the processing module can execute instructions stored in the storage module or instructions derived from other sources, so that the device executes the above-mentioned second aspect or any one of the methods thereof.
  • the chip when the device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module may be, for example, an input/output interface, pin, or circuit on the chip.
  • the processing module may be a processor, for example. The processing module can execute instructions so that the chip in the network device executes the second aspect described above and any possible implemented communication method.
  • the processing module may execute instructions in the storage module, and the storage module may be a storage module in the chip, such as a register, a cache, and the like.
  • the storage module can also be located in the communication device but outside the chip, such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory) memory, RAM) etc.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • the processor mentioned in any of the above can be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for controlling the above
  • the method of the second aspect is an integrated circuit for program execution.
  • a device including a module for implementing the method described in the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • a device including a module for implementing the method described in the second aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • a device including a processor, configured to call a program stored in a memory to execute the method described in the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • an apparatus including a processor, configured to call a program stored in a memory to execute the method described in the second aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • a device including: a processor and an interface circuit, the processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute the first aspect of the claim, and any possible implementation manners thereof The described method.
  • a device including: a processor and an interface circuit, the processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute the second aspect of the claim, and any possible implementation manners thereof The described method.
  • a terminal including any one of the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, or the ninth aspect, and the device described in any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • a network device including any one of the sixth aspect, the eighth aspect, or the tenth aspect, and the device described in any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the method as described in the first aspect of the claim and any possible implementation manners thereof is implemented .
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the method as described in the second aspect of the claim and any possible implementation manners thereof is implemented .
  • a computer storage medium stores program code, and the program code is used to instruct instructions to execute the method in the first aspect and any possible implementations thereof.
  • a computer storage medium stores program code, and the program code is used to instruct instructions to execute the method in the second aspect and any possible implementations thereof.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which when running on a processor, causes a computer to execute the method in the first aspect described above, or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which when running on a processor, causes a computer to execute the method in the second aspect described above, or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • a communication system in a nineteenth aspect, includes a device capable of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned first aspect, and the above-mentioned device capable of implementing the various methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned second aspect The function of the device.
  • the configuration information configured by the network device for the terminal may indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the SSB is sent in different time-frequency units of the same time domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  • the terminal can respectively receive the SSB on at least two time-frequency units corresponding to one time-domain resource. Since different SSBs correspond to different beams (for example, the beam direction and the SSB have a one-to-one mapping relationship), the terminal can simultaneously receive the SSBs transmitted through at least two transmission beams.
  • the network device can only use one transmit beam to transmit the SSB on the same time domain resource.
  • the embodiment of this application can use two transmit beams to transmit the SSB separately on the same time domain resource, which helps to reduce beam training. Time-consuming, and reduce the power consumption of terminals and network equipment.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting SSB in a traditional solution
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting SSB according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting SSB according to a specific embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram of a device for transmitting SSB according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting SSB according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a device for transmitting SSB according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting SSB according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting SSB according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting SSB according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE Time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment, access terminal equipment, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal equipment, mobile equipment, user terminal equipment, terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment , User agent or user device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) Terminal equipment, etc., this embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices.
  • the network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA)
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • the base transceiver station (BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolved base station (evoled) in the LTE system.
  • NodeB, NB base station
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • evoled evolved base station
  • NodeB, eNB or eNodeB it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and the future The network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point , Such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (DU), etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • BBU baseband unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • the CU implements part of the functions of gNB, and the DU implements part of the functions of gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing the physical layer protocol and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer, and the physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • AAU realizes some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU.
  • the network device may be a device including one or more of the CU node, the DU node, and the AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems, or windows operating systems.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided in accordance with the embodiments of the application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system of the present application.
  • the communication system in FIG. 1 may include at least one terminal (for example, the terminal 10, the terminal 20, the terminal 30, the terminal 40, the terminal 50, and the terminal 60) and a network device 70.
  • the network device 70 is used to provide communication services for the terminal and access the core network.
  • the terminal can access the network by searching for synchronization signals, broadcast signals, etc. sent by the network device 70, so as to communicate with the network.
  • the terminal 10, the terminal 20, the terminal 30, the terminal 40, and the terminal 60 in FIG. 1 can perform uplink and downlink transmissions with the network device 70.
  • the network device 70 may send downlink signals to the terminal 10, the terminal 20, the terminal 30, the terminal 40, and the terminal 60, and may also receive the uplink signal sent by the terminal 10, the terminal 20, the terminal 30, the terminal 40, and the terminal 60.
  • the terminal 40, the terminal 50, and the terminal 60 can also be regarded as a communication system, and the terminal 60 can send downlink signals to the terminal 40 and the terminal 50, and can also receive uplink signals sent by the terminal 40 and the terminal 50.
  • embodiments of the present application may be applied to a communication system including one or more network devices, and may also be applied to a communication system including one or more terminals, which is not limited in the present application.
  • a network device can send data or control signaling to one or more terminals. Multiple network devices can also send data or control signaling to one or more terminals at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the beam in the NR protocol can be a spatial domain filter, or a spatial filter or a spatial parameter.
  • the beam used to transmit a signal can be called a transmission beam (Tx beam), can be called a spatial domain transmission filter or a spatial transmission parameter (spatial transmission parameter);
  • the beam used to receive a signal can be called To receive the beam (reception beam, Rx beam), it can be called a spatial domain receive filter or a spatial receive parameter (spatial RX parameter).
  • the transmitting beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions in space after a signal is transmitted through the antenna
  • the receiving beam may refer to the signal strength distribution of the wireless signal received from the antenna in different directions in space.
  • the beam may be a wide beam, or a narrow beam, or other types of beams.
  • the beam forming technology may be beamforming technology or other technologies.
  • the beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, or a hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology, etc.
  • Beams generally correspond to resources. For example, when performing beam measurement, network equipment uses different resources to measure different beams, and the terminal feeds back the measured resource quality, and the network equipment knows the quality of the corresponding beam. In data transmission, the beam information is also indicated by its corresponding resource. For example, the network equipment indicates the PDSCH beam information of the terminal through the resources in the TCI of the DCI.
  • multiple beams having the same or similar communication characteristics are regarded as one beam.
  • One or more antenna ports can be included in one beam, which are used to transmit data channels, control channels, and sounding signals.
  • One or more antenna ports forming a beam can also be regarded as an antenna port set.
  • each beam of the network device corresponds to a resource, so the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource.
  • the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource.
  • the resource can be an uplink signal resource or a downlink signal resource.
  • Uplink signals include but are not limited to sounding reference signal (SRS) and demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
  • Downlink signals include but are not limited to: channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), cell specific reference signal (CS-RS), UE specific reference signal (user equipment specific reference signal, US-RS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), and synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (synchronization system/physical broadcast channel block, SS/PBCH block).
  • the SS/PBCH block may be referred to as a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB) for short.
  • the SSB may include at least one of the primary synchronization signal, the secondary synchronization signal, the physical broadcast channel, and the demodulation reference signal of the physical broadcast channel.
  • a resource is a data structure, including its corresponding uplink/downlink signal related parameters, such as the type of uplink/downlink signal, the resource element that carries the uplink/downlink signal, the transmission time and period of the uplink/downlink signal , The number of ports used to send uplink/downlink signals, etc.
  • Each uplink/downlink signal resource has a unique index to identify the downlink signal resource. It is understandable that the index of the resource may also be referred to as the identifier of the resource, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Used to indicate the beam used for transmission including transmitting beam and/or receiving beam.
  • the index of the downlink signal corresponding to the beam, the time index of the downlink synchronization signal block corresponding to the beam, the beam pair link (BPL) information, the transmission parameter (Tx parameter) corresponding to the beam, and the reception parameter (Rx parameter) corresponding to the beam The transmission weight corresponding to the beam, the weight matrix corresponding to the beam, the weight vector corresponding to the beam, the reception weight corresponding to the beam, the index of the transmission weight corresponding to the beam, the index of the weight matrix corresponding to the beam, the index of the weight vector corresponding to the beam, the beam At least one of the index of the corresponding reception weight, the reception codebook corresponding to the beam, the transmission codebook corresponding to the beam, the transmission codebook corresponding to the beam, the
  • the downlink signal includes a synchronization signal, Broadcast channel, broadcast signal demodulation signal, channel state information downlink signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS), cell specific reference signal (cell specific reference signal, CS-RS), terminal equipment specific reference signal (user equipment specific Reference signal, US-RS), downlink control channel demodulation reference signal, downlink data channel demodulation reference signal, and downlink phase noise tracking signal.
  • the uplink signal includes any of a medium uplink random access sequence, an uplink sounding reference signal, an uplink control channel demodulation reference signal, an uplink data channel demodulation reference signal, and an uplink phase noise tracking signal.
  • the network device may also allocate QCL identifiers to beams having a quasi-co-location (QCL) relationship among the beams associated with the frequency resource group.
  • the beam may also be referred to as a spatial transmission filter
  • the transmitting beam may also be referred to as a spatial transmitting filter
  • the receiving beam may also be referred to as a spatial receiving filter.
  • the beam indication information may also be embodied as a transmission configuration index (TCI).
  • TCI may include various parameters, such as cell number, bandwidth part number, reference signal identifier, synchronization signal block identifier, QCL type, and so on.
  • the quasi-co-location (QCL) parity relationship is used to indicate that multiple resources have one or more identical or similar communication features.
  • the same or Similar communication configuration For multiple resources with parity relationship, the same or Similar communication configuration. For example, if two antenna ports have a co-location relationship, then the large-scale characteristics of the channel transmitting one symbol on one port can be inferred from the large-scale characteristics of the channel transmitting one symbol on the other port.
  • Large-scale characteristics can include: delay spread, average delay, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average gain, receiving parameters, terminal device receiving beam number, transmitting/receiving channel correlation, receiving angle of arrival, receiver antenna Spatial correlation, main angle of arrival (angel-of-arrival, AoA), average angle of arrival, expansion of AoA, etc.
  • Spatial QCL can be considered as a type of QCL. There are two angles to understand spatial: from the sending end or from the receiving end.
  • the two antenna ports are quasi-co-located in the spatial domain, it means that the corresponding beam directions of the two antenna ports are spatially consistent, that is, the spatial filters are the same.
  • the two antenna ports are spatially quasi-co-located, it means that the receiving end can receive the signals sent by the two antenna ports in the same beam direction, that is, the reception parameter QCL.
  • the colocation relationship is used to indicate that multiple resources have one or more identical or similar communication features.
  • the same or similar communication configuration can be used.
  • Large-scale characteristics can include: delay spread, average delay, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average gain, receiving parameters, terminal device receiving beam number, transmitting/receiving channel correlation, receiving angle of arrival, receiver antenna Spatial correlation, main angle of arrival (Angel-of-Arrival, AoA), average angle of arrival, expansion of AoA, etc.
  • Spatial QCL can be considered as a type of QCL. There are two angles to understand spatial: from the sending end or from the receiving end. From the perspective of the transmitting end, if the two antenna ports are quasi-co-located in the airspace, it means that the corresponding beam directions of the two antenna ports are spatially consistent. From the perspective of the receiving end, if the two antenna ports are spatially quasi-co-located, it means that the receiving end can receive the signals sent by the two antenna ports in the same beam direction.
  • the configuration and instructions of the quasi-parity hypothesis can be used to assist the receiving end in signal reception and demodulation.
  • the receiving end can confirm that the A port and the B port have a QCL relationship, that is, the large-scale parameters of the signal measured on the A port can be used for the signal measurement and demodulation on the B port.
  • beam training can be realized by transmitting SSB.
  • the network device has 16 transmitting beams and the terminal has 8 receiving beams, if each beam corresponds to an SSB index, and the duration of each round of beam training is 20ms for an SSB cycle, it will take at least 160ms to be The 8 beams of the terminal find the corresponding beam pair.
  • the SSB is sent on time-frequency units of the same frequency domain resource but different time domain resources. Therefore, the beam training of the traditional scheme takes a long time.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting an SSB according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal, where the configuration information is used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the time-frequency units in each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets correspond to the same frequency domain. Resource, and different time-frequency unit sets correspond to different frequency-domain resources, wherein different time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets are used to transmit different SSBs.
  • the terminal receives the configuration information from the network device.
  • the network device sends configuration information to the terminal, which is used to configure the time-frequency unit for transmitting the SSB for the terminal.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the frequency domain resources corresponding to the at least two time-frequency unit sets are different.
  • the configuration information is used to indicate 4 time-frequency unit sets.
  • the 4 time-frequency unit sets are cell-defining SSB (cell-defining SSB, CD-SSB) time-frequency unit sets and non-cell Defined SSB (NCD-SSB)1 time-frequency unit set, NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit set and NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit set.
  • each time-frequency unit set includes 16 time-frequency units for transmitting SSB.
  • a time-frequency unit set may include one or more time-frequency units, and the number of time-frequency units included in different time-frequency unit sets may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application.
  • time-frequency unit in the embodiment of the present application may be an "SSB unit".
  • the transmission of different SSBs in the embodiments of the present application can be understood to be the transmission of different signals.
  • different SSBs can be understood as SSBs with different indexes.
  • the time-frequency unit of the NCD-SSB type may be NCD-SSB1, NCD-SSB2, or NCD-SSB3.
  • the time-frequency unit of the CD-SSB type may be the CD-SSB.
  • the network device sends the SSB on at least two time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two frequency-domain unit sets.
  • the terminal receives the SSB on at least two time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two frequency-domain unit sets.
  • the configuration information configured by the network device for the terminal may indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the SSB is sent in different time-frequency units of the same time domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  • the terminal can receive multiple SSBs. Since different SSBs correspond to different beams (for example, the beam direction and the SSB have a one-to-one mapping relationship), the terminal can simultaneously receive the SSBs transmitted through at least two transmission beams.
  • the network device can only use one transmit beam to transmit the SSB on the same time domain resource.
  • the embodiment of this application can use two transmit beams to transmit the SSB separately on the same time domain resource, which helps to reduce beam training. Time-consuming, and reduce the power consumption of terminals and network equipment.
  • the network device can set the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set, the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set, and the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit set.
  • the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the frequency unit set, and the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit set uses 4 transmit beams to simultaneously transmit SSB, and the terminal can use one receive beam to receive the 4 transmit beams respectively SSB sent.
  • the embodiment of the present application shortens the time for measuring the transmission beam paired with a certain receiving beam, that is, shortens the time for beam training.
  • the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit and the time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set exist in other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the SSB transmitted by the unit has a QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit and the second time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set where the SSB with the QCL relationship is located have different time domain resources.
  • the first time-frequency unit set may be any one of the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  • the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit and the time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set may exist in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the transmitted SSB has a QCL relationship.
  • the other time-frequency unit sets may be all or part of the time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the first time-frequency unit set is a CS-SSB time-frequency unit set
  • other time-frequency unit sets can be NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit sets, NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit sets, and NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit sets. At least one of them.
  • the time domain resources of the first time-frequency unit and the second time-frequency unit where the QCL relationship SSB is located are different, which is used to realize that the network device uses different transmission beams to transmit SSB on the same time domain resource, thereby helping to achieve shortened beam training The length of time.
  • the time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set may be the time-frequency unit where the non-cell-defined SSB is located
  • the time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set may be the time-frequency unit where the cell-defined SSB is located.
  • the SSB transmitted by the first time-frequency unit and the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit in the embodiment of the present application have a QCL relationship.
  • the same transmit beam is used to transmit SSB on the unit.
  • each time-frequency unit set may have one SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set has a QCL. relationship.
  • the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set and the time-frequency unit identified as SSB13 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship
  • NCD- The SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the SSB2 time-frequency unit set and the time-frequency unit identified as SSB9 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship
  • the identity in the NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit set is SSB1
  • the time-frequency unit of CD-SSB has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB5 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set.
  • the SSBs transmitted by different time-frequency unit sets may have a QCL relationship with the SSBs transmitted by different time-frequency units in the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and the SSB transmitted by all the time-frequency unit subsets except the first time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set The SSB has a QCL relationship, where the time-domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit subset, and the second time-frequency unit subset is the same as the first time-frequency unit set Any time-frequency unit subset in which the time-frequency unit subset other than the first time-frequency unit subset has an SSB with a QCL relationship is located.
  • the SSB transmitted in the time-frequency unit subset of other frequency domain resources has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted in the time-frequency unit set other than the first time-frequency unit subset in the time-frequency unit set traversing the first frequency domain resource.
  • the first time-frequency unit subset may be any time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the time domain resources of different time-frequency unit subsets of the transmitted SSB having a QCL relationship are different.
  • the time-frequency unit subset that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset except the first time-frequency unit subset and the first time-frequency unit subset The time domain resources are the same. In this way, SSBs corresponding to multiple time-frequency unit subsets can be sent on the same time-domain resource, thereby further shortening the duration of beam training.
  • time-frequency unit set may include one or more time-frequency unit subsets, and the number of time-frequency unit subsets included in different time-frequency unit sets may be the same or different.
  • the SSBs transmitted at all frequency points within the duration of the first time-frequency unit subset may have a QCL relationship with the SSBs transmitted by all time-frequency units in the first time-frequency set. All the SSBs in the first time-frequency set may not include the SSB of the frequency point where the first time-frequency unit set is located.
  • the SSB index in the first time-frequency unit subset is SSB1, SSB2, SSB3, SSB4 in the CD-SSB
  • the other NCD-SSB1, NCD-SSB2, NCD- SSB index 1, 2, 3, 4 in SSB4 has a QCL relationship with SSB index 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 in CD-SSB.
  • the sub-set duration has a QCL relationship with 1 to 16 SSBs in the first time-frequency unit set, except for the SSB indexes 1, 2, 3, and 4 in the CD-SSB. This is because SSB1,2,3,4 are within this time period, and there is no need to set up QCL relationships.
  • the time-frequency units identified as SSB1-SSB4 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set and the time-frequency units identified as SSB13-SSB16 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set are transmitted.
  • SSB has a QCL relationship (that is, the time-frequency units identified as SSB1-SSB4 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set have different time-domain resources from the time-frequency units identified as SSB13-SSB16 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set, and The time-frequency units identified as SSB1-SSB4 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set have the same time-domain resources as the time-frequency units identified as SSB1-SSB4 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set); NCD-SSB2 time-frequency units
  • the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1-SSB4 in the set has a QCL relationship with the time-frequency unit identified as SSB9-SSB12 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set.
  • the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB9-SSB12 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship;
  • -The time-frequency unit of SSB4 has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB5-SSB8 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set, and the network device can pass the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1-SSB4 (ie the first The pairing with a certain receiving beam of the terminal can be completed at the time corresponding to the time-frequency unit subset).
  • the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set there are SSBs transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset and the time included in the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the SSB transmitted by the frequency unit subset has a QCL relationship, and the time domain resources of the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set where the SSBs with the QCL relationship are located are different.
  • the network device or terminal may divide each time-frequency unit set into one or more time-frequency unit sub-sets.
  • the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set is divided into 4 time-frequency unit subsets, namely SSB1-SSB4 are time-frequency unit subset 1, SSB5-SSB8 are time-frequency unit subset 2, SSB9 -SSB12 is time-frequency unit subset 3, SSB13-SSB16 is time-frequency unit subset 4.
  • Some or all of the time-frequency units in the subsets in the other time-frequency unit sets may have a QCL relationship with the time-frequency units included in the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the first time-frequency unit set may also be divided into time-frequency unit subsets. In this way, the QCL relationship may be the QCL relationship between the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets.
  • the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset 1 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set may have a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset 4 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set.
  • the QCL relationship between the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset may be that the SSBs transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the time-frequency unit subset have a QCL relationship in turn. That is, the n*M+(1 ⁇ M)th SSB transmitted in the second time-frequency unit set and the n1*M+(1 ⁇ M)th SSB transmitted in the first time-frequency unit set respectively have a QCL relationship, where n ⁇ n1.
  • the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the time-frequency unit subset 1 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set and the time-frequency unit subset 4 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set is identified as SSB13
  • the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB2 in the time-frequency unit subset 1 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set and the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set The SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB14 in the time-frequency unit subset 4 have a QCL relationship; and so on, in order to avoid repetition, details are not described here.
  • the number of time-frequency units included in the same frequency point and different time-frequency unit subsets is the same.
  • the number L of divided time-frequency unit subsets in the time-frequency unit set may be the same as the number N of frequency points, or the number L of frequency points is less than a multiple of the number N of time-frequency unit subsets.
  • the number of each frequency domain subset M K/L or floor (K/L) or ceil (K/L), where K is the number of time-frequency units corresponding to each frequency point, that is, each time The number of time-frequency units included in the frequency unit set.
  • each time-frequency unit set includes 16 time-frequency units, and a total of 4 frequency-point time-frequency unit sets, then each time-frequency unit set can be divided into 4 time-frequency unit sub-sets , Or divided into 2 time-frequency unit subsets.
  • the at least two time-frequency unit sets include a first time-frequency unit set and a second time-frequency unit set
  • the first time-frequency unit set includes a first time-frequency unit subset and a second time-frequency unit subset
  • the second time-frequency unit set includes a third time-frequency unit subset
  • the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit subset and each time-frequency unit in the third time-frequency unit subset are transmitted
  • the SSB of has a QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, the second time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the third time-frequency unit subset Including one or more time-frequency units.
  • the at least two time-frequency unit sets further include a third time-frequency unit set
  • the first time-frequency unit set further includes a fourth time-frequency unit subset
  • the third time-frequency unit set includes a fifth time-frequency unit set.
  • the unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fifth time-frequency unit subset and the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fourth time-frequency unit subset have a QCL relationship
  • the set includes one or more time-frequency units
  • the fifth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
  • the terminal may also receive indication information, which is used to indicate that the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set and the time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set has QCL The time-frequency unit where the SSB of the relationship is located.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit. That is, the indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit where the two SSBs having a QCL relationship are located.
  • the QCL relationship between the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in different time-frequency unit sets and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set can be indicated by indication information respectively, or can be indicated by one indication information at the same time.
  • the indication information is the PBCH field of the second time-frequency unit, and the PBCH field indicates the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the indication information may directly indicate the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set is divided by the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  • the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit in other time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship.
  • the value of the PBCH field in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set identified as SSB1 indicates that the SSB index is 13, that is, the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set is identified as
  • the SSB of SSB1 has a QCL relationship with the SSB identified as SSB13 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set.
  • the PBCH field can also be replaced with a MIB field or a DMRS field.
  • the PBCH field, MIB field, or DMRS sequence can directly indicate the index of the SSB.
  • the PBCH field, MIB field, or DMRS field may indirectly indicate the SSB index.
  • the MIB field can indicate the system frame number (system frame number, SFN), type A demodulation reference signal position (dmrs-TypeA-Position), subcarrier spacing (subCarrierSpacingCommon), cell barred information (CellBarred), and the same IntraFrequency Selection (IntraFrequency Selection), one or more of the remaining bits (spare) are indicated, and these fields directly indicate the associated SSB index or indicate the SSB index with QCL relationship, such as the SSB index defined by the cell.
  • the terminal may also receive indication information, the indication information being used to indicate the second time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit set in the second time-frequency unit set.
  • the indication information may indicate the QCL relationship between the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set. That is, the indication information can indicate the location of the SSB with the QCL relationship in a combined form, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the indication information.
  • the indication information indicates the number of unit lengths of the cyclic shift of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit subset with respect to the second time-frequency unit subset.
  • the indication information may indirectly indicate the position of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset (for example, the following first time-frequency unit subset). Frequency unit subset).
  • the indication information may indicate that the number of unit lengths is i, that is, the first time-frequency unit subset is offset by i unit lengths from the second time-frequency unit subset, and the unit length is the number of time-frequency unit subsets.
  • Set 1 has a QCL relationship.
  • the network device can configure the frequency point of NCD-SSB1, and the configuration of the frequency point position can be configured based on the absolute global channel frequency domain grid configuration, or it can be based on the global synchronization channel frequency domain grid configuration. Configuration can also be configured based on offset.
  • the offset reference position may be the frequency domain position of the CD-SSB, or the frequency domain position of other NCD-SSB.
  • the network device configures the frequency domain position, the sequence can be configured, and the cyclic shift length can also be configured.
  • the network device instructs the location of the SSB of the frequency domain location in the frequency domain to sort, or the sequence may not be configured, and the configuration is performed according to the distance from the reference location.
  • the sequence can be associated with the length of the cyclic shift, and the sequence of 0 does not perform cyclic shift, and can be the frequency domain SSB of the reference position.
  • the sequence of 1 can cyclically shift the SSB of one subset, and the sequence of 2 can cyclically shift the SSB of two subsets.
  • the sequence can also start from 0, and the reference position is not counted.
  • the network device can also indicate the frequency domain position and i. Or the network device can indicate the frequency domain position and i*M, where M represents the unit length.
  • the indication information indicates that the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set is offset by 1 unit length from the second time-frequency unit subset, and the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit set is relatively
  • the second time-frequency unit subset is offset by 2 unit lengths
  • the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit set is offset by 3 unit lengths relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
  • the indication information indicates the cyclic shift length of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
  • the terminal may determine the time domain position of the first time-frequency unit subset in combination with the time-domain position of the second time-frequency unit subset and the offset relationship.
  • the position of the second time-frequency unit subset may be pre-appointed or configured by the network device.
  • the indication information may indicate L, that is, the position of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set and the position of the second time-frequency unit subset offset by L time-domain unit positions.
  • the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set is offset by 4 time-domain positions relative to the second time-frequency unit subset
  • the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit set is relative to the first time-frequency unit subset.
  • the second time-frequency unit subset is offset by 8 time-domain positions
  • the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit set is offset by 12 time-domain positions relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
  • L iJ, where i is the number of unit lengths that the first time-frequency unit subset is offset from the second time-frequency unit subset, and J is the number of frequency domain units included in the time-frequency unit subset .
  • the time-frequency unit subset in is offset by 2*4 time domain positions relative to the second time-frequency unit subset, and the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit set is offset relative to the second time-frequency unit subset Move 3*4 time domain positions.
  • the value of i and the value of J may be agreed upon by the network device and the terminal respectively, or may be determined by the network device and notified to the terminal, which is not limited in this application.
  • the value of J may also be related to the number of time-frequency unit subsets divided by different frequency points.
  • the value of i may be the same as the number of divisions of the time-frequency unit subset, or may be smaller than the number of divisions of the time-frequency unit subset.
  • i at different frequency points may be the same or different.
  • time domain length of the time domain location is the same as the time domain length of the time domain unit.
  • the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the first time-frequency unit set, wherein,
  • the SSBs used for transmission in the time-frequency unit subsets in the same sequence position have a QCL relationship.
  • the network device may set the QCL relationship of the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets, and inform the QCL relationship by indicating the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the different time-frequency unit sets through the indication information.
  • the network device may indicate that the sequence of the time-frequency unit subsets in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set is time-frequency unit subset 4, time-frequency unit subset 1, time-frequency unit subset 2, and time-frequency unit subset 3. .
  • the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set may be sequential sorting, such as the real-time frequency unit subset 1, the time-frequency unit subset 2, the time-frequency unit subset 3, and the time-frequency unit subset 4.
  • the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset 1 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset 4 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set have a QCL relationship.
  • the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set may be fixed, or may be instructed by the network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set may also be other orders.
  • the network device can set an SSB at a fixed frequency domain location.
  • the SSB with a fixed frequency domain position may indicate that the frequency interval between two SSBs at a frequency domain position is a fixed value, and the network device may not need to indicate, thereby reducing overhead.
  • the fixed value can be a range specified by the protocol, and can be in units of RB or SSB bandwidth, and its value can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11.
  • the number of SSBs at a fixed frequency domain position can be some or all of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.
  • SSBs with fixed frequency domain positions send SSBs with the same QCL relationship at the same time, or SSBs with different QCL relationships are also possible. That is, the SSBs on all frequency points of the SSB at a fixed frequency domain position have a QCL relationship.
  • the indication information may be carried in system information or other messages, so as to save signaling overhead, which is not limited in this application.
  • the methods and operations implemented by the terminal can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the terminal, and the methods and operations implemented by the network device can also be implemented by the terminal.
  • the components (such as chips or circuits) of network equipment are implemented.
  • each network element such as a terminal or a network device, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application may divide the terminal or the network device into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented either in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of using the corresponding functional modules to divide each functional module.
  • the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic block diagram of a device 500 for transmitting SSB according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 500 may correspond to each terminal or chip in the terminal shown in FIG. 1, and the terminal or chip in the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. Any function of the terminal.
  • the device 500 includes a transceiver module 510 and a processing module 520.
  • the transceiver module 510 is configured to receive configuration information, and the configuration information is used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the time-frequency units in each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets correspond to the same frequency. Domain resources, and different time-frequency unit sets correspond to different frequency-domain resources, wherein different time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets are used to transmit different SSBs;
  • the processing module 520 is configured to receive the SSB through the transceiver module 510 according to the configuration information.
  • the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set, there are SSBs transmitted in the second time-frequency unit subset and SSB transmitted in the first time-frequency unit subset.
  • the SSB has a quasi-coordinate QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset is the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset are Time domain resources are different.
  • the at least two time-frequency unit sets include a first time-frequency unit set and a second time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit set includes a first time-frequency unit subset and a second time-frequency unit subset ,
  • the second time-frequency unit set includes a third time-frequency unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit subset and each time-frequency unit in the third time-frequency unit subset are transmitted
  • the SSB of has a QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, the second time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the third time-frequency unit subset Including one or more time-frequency units.
  • the at least two time-frequency unit sets further include a third time-frequency unit set
  • the first time-frequency unit set further includes a fourth time-frequency unit subset
  • the third time-frequency unit set includes a fifth time-frequency unit set.
  • the unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fifth time-frequency unit subset and the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fourth time-frequency unit subset have a QCL relationship
  • the set includes one or more time-frequency units
  • the fifth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
  • the time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set or the third time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of a non-cell-defined NCD-SSB type.
  • the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of the cell-defined CD-SSB type.
  • the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and the SSB transmitted by all the time-frequency unit subsets except the first time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set The SSB has a QCL relationship, where the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset, and the second time-frequency unit subset is the same as the first time-frequency unit set Any one of the time-frequency unit subsets in which the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset other than the first time-frequency unit subset has a QCL relationship is located.
  • the transceiver module 510 is further configured to receive indication information used to indicate that the SSB transmitted by the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship
  • the second time-frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the transceiver module 510 is further configured to receive indication information, the indication information being used to indicate that the SSB transmitted in the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set has The time-frequency unit subset where the SSB of the QCL relationship is located, and the second time-frequency unit set is the other time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the indication information indicates the number of unit lengths of the cyclic shift of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit subset relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
  • the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the first time-frequency unit set, where the time-frequency unit subsets in the same order position
  • the SSB used for transmission in the subset of frequency units has a QCL relationship.
  • the transceiver module 510 is specifically configured to:
  • transceiver module 510 and processing module 520, reference may be made to the relevant description in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not described here.
  • FIG. 6 shows a communication device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 600 may be the terminal described in FIG. 3.
  • the device can adopt the hardware architecture shown in FIG. 6.
  • the device may include a processor 610 and a transceiver 630.
  • the device may also include a memory 640.
  • the processor 610, the transceiver 630, and the memory 640 communicate with each other through an internal connection path.
  • the related functions implemented by the processing module 520 in FIG. 5 may be implemented by the processor 610, and the related functions implemented by the transceiver module 510 may be implemented by the processor 610 controlling the transceiver 630.
  • the processor 610 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a dedicated processor, or one or more It is an integrated circuit implementing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • a processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (for example, computer program instructions).
  • it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processor can be used to control communication devices (such as base stations, terminals, or chips), execute software programs, and process data in the software programs.
  • the processor 610 may include one or more processors, such as one or more central processing units (central processing unit, CPU).
  • processors such as one or more central processing units (central processing unit, CPU).
  • CPU central processing unit
  • the CPU may be a single processor.
  • the core CPU can also be a multi-core CPU.
  • the transceiver 630 is used to send and receive data and/or signals, and to receive data and/or signals.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter and a receiver, the transmitter is used to send data and/or signals, and the receiver is used to receive data and/or signals.
  • the memory 640 includes but is not limited to random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable memory (erasable programmable memory, EPROM), read-only memory A compact disc (read-only memory, CD-ROM), the memory 640 is used to store related instructions and data.
  • the memory 640 is used to store program codes and data of the terminal, and may be a separate device or integrated in the processor 610.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver to perform information transmission with the terminal.
  • the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver to perform information transmission with the terminal.
  • the apparatus 600 may further include an output device and an input device.
  • the output device communicates with the processor 610 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector, etc.
  • the input device communicates with the processor 610, and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device can be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.
  • FIG. 6 only shows a simplified design of the communication device.
  • the device may also contain other necessary components, including but not limited to any number of transceivers, processors, controllers, memories, etc., and all terminals that can implement this application are within the protection scope of this application. within.
  • the device 600 may be a chip, for example, a communication chip that can be used in a terminal to implement related functions of the processor 610 in the terminal.
  • the chip can be a field programmable gate array, a dedicated integrated chip, a system chip, a central processing unit, a network processor, a digital signal processing circuit, a microcontroller, and a programmable controller or other integrated chips for realizing related functions.
  • the chip may optionally include one or more memories for storing program codes. When the codes are executed, the processor realizes corresponding functions.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a device, which may be a terminal or a circuit.
  • the device can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 700 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 700 may correspond to the network device or the chip in the network device shown in FIG. 1, or the network device or the chip in the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. Any function.
  • the device 700 includes a transceiver module 710.
  • the transceiver module 710 is configured to send configuration information, and the configuration information is used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the time-frequency units in each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets correspond to the same frequency. Domain resources, and different time-frequency unit sets correspond to different frequency-domain resources, wherein different time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets are used to transmit different SSBs;
  • the transceiver module 710 is further configured to send SSB on at least two time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  • the apparatus 700 may further include a processing module 720, and the processing module 720 may be used to determine the foregoing configuration information.
  • the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set there are SSBs transmitted in the second time-frequency unit subset and SSB transmitted in the first time-frequency unit subset.
  • the SSB has a quasi-coordinate QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset is the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset are Time domain resources are different.
  • the at least two time-frequency unit sets include a first time-frequency unit set and a second time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit set includes a first time-frequency unit subset and a second time-frequency unit subset ,
  • the second time-frequency unit set includes a third time-frequency unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit subset and each time-frequency unit in the third time-frequency unit subset are transmitted
  • the SSB of has a QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, the second time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the third time-frequency unit subset Including one or more time-frequency units.
  • the at least two time-frequency unit sets further include a third time-frequency unit set
  • the first time-frequency unit set further includes a fourth time-frequency unit subset
  • the third time-frequency unit set includes a fifth time-frequency unit set.
  • the unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fifth time-frequency unit subset and the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fourth time-frequency unit subset have a QCL relationship
  • the set includes one or more time-frequency units
  • the fifth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
  • the time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set or the third time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of a non-cell-defined NCD-SSB type.
  • the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of the cell-defined CD-SSB type.
  • the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and the SSB transmitted by all the time-frequency unit subsets except the first time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set The SSB has a QCL relationship, where the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset, and the second time-frequency unit subset is the same as the first time-frequency unit set Any one of the time-frequency unit subsets in which the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset other than the first time-frequency unit subset has a QCL relationship is located.
  • the transceiver module 710 is further configured to send indication information, which is used to indicate that the SSB transmitted by the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship
  • the second time-frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the transceiver module 710 is further configured to send indication information, which is used to indicate that the SSB transmitted in the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set has The time-frequency unit subset where the SSB of the QCL relationship is located, and the second time-frequency unit set is the other time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  • the indication information indicates the number of unit lengths of the cyclic shift of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit subset relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
  • the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the first time-frequency unit set, where the time-frequency unit subsets in the same order position
  • the SSB used for transmission in the subset of frequency units has a QCL relationship.
  • the transceiver module 710 is specifically configured to send system information, where the system information includes the indication information.
  • transceiver module 710 and processing module 720, reference may be made to the related description in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not described herein again.
  • FIG. 8 shows a communication device 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 800 may be the network device described in FIG. 4.
  • the device can adopt the hardware architecture shown in FIG. 8.
  • the device may include a processor 810 and a transceiver 820.
  • the device may also include a memory 830.
  • the processor 810, the transceiver 820, and the memory 830 communicate with each other through an internal connection path.
  • the related functions implemented by the processing module 720 in FIG. 7 may be implemented by the processor 810, and the related functions implemented by the transceiver module 710 may be implemented by the processor 810 controlling the transceiver 820.
  • the processor 810 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a dedicated processor, or one or more It is an integrated circuit implementing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • a processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (for example, computer program instructions).
  • it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processor can be used to control communication devices (such as base stations, terminals, or chips), execute software programs, and process data in the software programs.
  • the processor 810 may include one or more processors, such as one or more central processing units (CPU).
  • processors such as one or more central processing units (CPU).
  • CPU central processing units
  • the processor may be a single processor.
  • the core CPU can also be a multi-core CPU.
  • the transceiver 820 is used to send and receive data and/or signals, and to receive data and/or signals.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter and a receiver, the transmitter is used to send data and/or signals, and the receiver is used to receive data and/or signals.
  • the memory 830 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable memory (erasable read only memory, EPROM), and read-only memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable read only memory
  • read-only memory erasable read only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc
  • the memory 830 is used to store program codes and data of the network device, and may be a separate device or integrated in the processor 810.
  • the processor 810 is configured to control the transceiver to perform information transmission with the terminal.
  • the processor 810 is configured to control the transceiver to perform information transmission with the terminal.
  • the apparatus 800 may further include an output device and an input device.
  • the output device communicates with the processor 810 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector, etc.
  • the input device communicates with the processor 810 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device can be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.
  • FIG. 8 only shows a simplified design of the communication device.
  • the device can also contain other necessary components, including but not limited to any number of transceivers, processors, controllers, memories, etc., and all network devices that can implement this application are protected by this application. Within range.
  • the device 800 may be a chip, for example, a communication chip that can be used in a network device to implement related functions of the processor 810 in the network device.
  • the chip can be a field programmable gate array, a dedicated integrated chip, a system chip, a central processing unit, a network processor, a digital signal processing circuit, a microcontroller, and a programmable controller or other integrated chips for realizing related functions.
  • the chip may optionally include one or more memories for storing program codes. When the codes are executed, the processor realizes corresponding functions.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a device, which may be a network device or a circuit.
  • the device can be used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 9 shows a simplified structural diagram of a terminal. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
  • the terminal uses a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminals may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 9. In actual end products, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal, and the processor with the processing function may be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal.
  • the terminal includes a transceiving unit 910 and a processing unit 920.
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on.
  • the processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 910 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 910 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit 910 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit may sometimes be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit.
  • the transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • transceiving unit 910 is configured to perform sending operations and receiving operations on the terminal side in the foregoing method embodiments
  • processing unit 920 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal in addition to the transceiving operations in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processing unit 920 is configured to execute the processing steps on the terminal side in FIG. 3.
  • the transceiving unit 910 is configured to perform the transceiving operations in steps 301 and 302 in FIG. 3, and/or the transceiving unit 910 is also configured to perform other transceiving steps on the terminal side in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip When the device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the device shown in FIG. 10 can also be referred to.
  • the device can perform functions similar to the processor 910 in FIG. 6.
  • the device includes a processor 1001, a data sending processor 1003, and a data receiving processor 1005.
  • the processing module 520 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 may be the processor 1001 in FIG. 10 and complete corresponding functions.
  • the transceiving module 510 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 may be the sending data processor 1003 and the receiving data processor 1005 in FIG. 10.
  • the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 10, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
  • the processing device 1100 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem.
  • the communication device in this embodiment can be used as the modulation subsystem therein.
  • the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1103 and an interface 1104.
  • the processor 1103 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 520
  • the interface 1104 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 510.
  • the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1106, a processor 1103, and a program stored in the memory and capable of running on the processor, and the processor implements the method described in the embodiment when the program is executed.
  • the memory 1106 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1100, as long as the memory 1106 can be connected to the The processor 1103 is sufficient.
  • the network device may be as shown in FIG. 12, for example, the device 120 is a base station.
  • the base station can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the base station 120 may include one or more DU 1201 and one or more CU 1202.
  • CU1202 can communicate with the next-generation core network (NG core, NC).
  • the DU 1201 may include at least one antenna 12011, at least one radio frequency unit 12012, at least one processor 12013, and at least one memory 12014.
  • the DU 1201 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals, the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, and part of baseband processing.
  • the CU 1202 may include at least one processor 12022 and at least one memory 12021.
  • CU1202 and DU1201 can communicate through interfaces, where the control plane interface can be Fs-C, such as F1-C, and the user plane interface can be Fs-U, such as F1-U.
  • the control plane interface can be Fs-C, such as F1-C
  • the user plane interface can be Fs-U, such as F1-U.
  • the CU 1202 part is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on.
  • the DU 1201 and the CU 1202 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the CU 1202 is the control center of the base station, which may also be referred to as a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions.
  • the CU 1202 may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the baseband processing on the CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network, for example, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and the functions of the above protocol layers are set in the CU, the protocol layer below PDCP, For example, functions such as the radio link control (RLC) layer and the medium access control (MAC) layer are set in the DU.
  • CU implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions
  • DU implements radio link control (radio link control, RLC), MAC, and physical functions.
  • the function of the (physical, PHY) layer is the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and the functions of the above protocol layers are set in the CU, the protocol layer below PDCP.
  • functions such as the radio link control (RLC) layer and the medium access control (MAC) layer are set in the DU.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • packet data convergence protocol packet data convergence protocol
  • MAC medium access control
  • the base station 120 may include one or more radio frequency units (RU), one or more DUs, and one or more CUs.
  • the DU may include at least one processor 12013 and at least one memory 12014
  • the RU may include at least one antenna 12011 and at least one radio frequency unit 12012
  • the CU may include at least one processor 12022 and at least one memory 12021.
  • the processor 12013 is configured to execute the processing steps on the network device side in FIG. 3.
  • the radio frequency unit 12012 is used to perform the receiving and sending operations in steps 301 and 302 in FIG. 3.
  • the CU1202 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network (such as a 5G network) with a single access indication, or can respectively support wireless access networks of different access standards.
  • Access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other network).
  • the memory 12021 and the processor 12022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the DU1201 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network with a single access indication (such as a 5G network), or can respectively support wireless access networks with different access standards (such as LTE network, 5G network or other network).
  • the memory 12014 and the processor 12013 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
  • the processor may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA ready-made programmable gate array
  • Programming logic devices discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic RAM
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous link dynamic random access memory synchronous link DRAM, SLDRAM
  • direct memory bus random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an “or” relationship.
  • the following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
  • at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple .
  • one embodiment or “an embodiment” mentioned throughout the specification means that a specific feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, the appearances of "in one embodiment” or “in an embodiment” in various places throughout the specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. In addition, these specific features, structures or characteristics can be combined in one or more embodiments in any suitable manner. It should be understood that in various embodiments of the present invention, the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present invention The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • component used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution.
  • the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor.
  • the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed among two or more computers.
  • these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • the component can be based on, for example, a signal having one or more data packets (e.g. data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through a signal) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • a signal having one or more data packets (e.g. data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through a signal) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal blocks. Configuration information configured by a network device for a terminal may indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and SSBs are transmitted on different time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets. According to the configuration information, the terminal can receive one or more SSBs. Different SSBs correspond to different beams (for example, beam directions and SSBs have a one-to-one mapping relation) such that the terminal can simultaneously receive the SSBs transmitted by means of at least two transmission beams. Relative to the conventional solution that a network device can only use one transmission beam in the same time-domain resource to transmit a SSB, the network device in the embodiment of the present application can use two transmission beams in the same time-domain resource to transmit the SSBs respectively, thereby being beneficial to reducing the time consumption of beam training.

Description

传输同步信号块的方法和装置Method and device for transmitting synchronization signal block 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,更具体地,涉及一种传输同步信号块的方法和装置。This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and device for transmitting synchronization signal blocks.
背景技术Background technique
移动业务的发展对无线通信的数据速率和效率要求越来越高。在未来无线通信系统中,波束成型技术用来将传输信号的能量限制在某个波束方向内,从而增加信号发送和接收的效率。波束成型技术能够有效扩大无线信号的传输距离,以及降低信号干扰,从而达到更高的通信效率和获取更高的网络容量。然而,在采用波束成型技术的通信网络中,首先需要将发送波束和接收波束匹配,即找到配对的发送波束和接收波束,使得发送端到接收端的增益最大。具体地,一个多波束的终端在接收到多波束的网络设备发送的寻呼消息之前,可以进行波束训练。例如,在网络设备有16个发送波束和终端有8个接收波束的情况下,终端可以进行8轮波束训练来获得匹配最好的波束对,即每一轮网络设备将16个发送波束全部扫描一圈,终端采用8个接收波束中的某一个接收波束进行接收,从而获得与终端的该8个接收波束中的每个接收波束配对的发送波束。The development of mobile services has increasingly higher requirements for the data rate and efficiency of wireless communications. In future wireless communication systems, beamforming technology is used to limit the energy of the transmitted signal to a certain beam direction, thereby increasing the efficiency of signal transmission and reception. Beamforming technology can effectively expand the transmission distance of wireless signals and reduce signal interference, so as to achieve higher communication efficiency and obtain higher network capacity. However, in a communication network using beamforming technology, it is first necessary to match the transmitting beam with the receiving beam, that is, to find a paired transmitting beam and receiving beam, so as to maximize the gain from the transmitting end to the receiving end. Specifically, a multi-beam terminal may perform beam training before receiving a paging message sent by a multi-beam network device. For example, when the network device has 16 transmit beams and the terminal has 8 receive beams, the terminal can perform 8 rounds of beam training to obtain the best matching beam pair, that is, each round of the network device scans all 16 transmit beams In one circle, the terminal uses one of the eight receiving beams to receive, so as to obtain a transmitting beam paired with each of the eight receiving beams of the terminal.
传统方案中,波束训练可以通过传输同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)来实现。例如,在网络设备有16个发送波束和终端有8个接收波束的情况下,若每个波束对应一个SSB索引,每一轮波束训练持续时间为一个SSB的周期20ms,则至少需要160ms才能为终端的8个波束找到对应的波束对。因此,传统方案波束训练耗时较长。In the traditional solution, beam training can be implemented by transmitting a synchronization signal block (SSB). For example, when the network device has 16 transmitting beams and the terminal has 8 receiving beams, if each beam corresponds to an SSB index, and the duration of each round of beam training is 20ms for an SSB cycle, it will take at least 160ms to be The 8 beams of the terminal find the corresponding beam pair. Therefore, the beam training of the traditional scheme takes a long time.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种传输SSB的方法和装置,能够有助于减少波束训练的耗时。The present application provides a method and device for transmitting SSB, which can help reduce the time-consuming beam training.
第一方面,提供了一种传输SSB的方法,该方法包括:接收配置信息,该配置信息用于指示至少两个时频单元集合,该至少两个时频单元集合中的每个时频单元集合中的时频单元对应相同的频域资源,且不同时频单元集合对应不同的频域资源,其中,该至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的不同时频单元用于传输不同的SSB;根据该配置信息,接收SSB。In a first aspect, a method for transmitting SSB is provided. The method includes: receiving configuration information, the configuration information being used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and each time-frequency unit in the at least two time-frequency unit sets The time-frequency units in the set correspond to the same frequency-domain resources, and different time-frequency unit sets correspond to different frequency-domain resources, wherein different time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets are used for transmission Different SSB; according to the configuration information, receive SSB.
网络设备为终端配置的配置信息可以指示至少两个时频单元集合,并在该至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的不同时频单元发送SSB。终端根据该配置信息,可以在一个时域资源对应的至少两个时频单元上分别接收到SSB。由于不同SSB对应不同的波束(例如,波束方向和SSB具有一一映射的关系),这样终端可以同时接收到通过至少两个发送波束发送的SSB。相对于传统方案中网络设备在同一个时域资源只能采用一个发送波束发送SSB,本申请实施例能够在同一时域资源上采用两个发送波束分别发送SSB,这样有助于减少波束训练的耗时,以及减少终端和网络设备的功耗开销。The configuration information configured by the network device for the terminal may indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the SSB is sent in different time-frequency units of the same time domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets. According to the configuration information, the terminal can respectively receive the SSB on at least two time-frequency units corresponding to one time-domain resource. Since different SSBs correspond to different beams (for example, the beam direction and the SSB have a one-to-one mapping relationship), the terminal can simultaneously receive the SSBs transmitted through at least two transmission beams. Compared with the traditional scheme, the network device can only use one transmit beam to transmit the SSB on the same time domain resource. The embodiment of this application can use two transmit beams to transmit the SSB separately on the same time domain resource, which helps to reduce beam training. Time-consuming, and reduce the power consumption of terminals and network equipment.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该至少两个时频单元集合中除第一时频单元集合之外的其 他时频单元集合中存在第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB与第一时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有准同位QCL关系,其中,该第一时频单元子集合为该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元,且该第一时频单元子集合和该第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同。In some possible implementation manners, the SSB and the first time-frequency unit transmitted in the second time-frequency unit subset exist in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set. The SSB transmitted by the subset has a quasi-co-located QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset is the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit The time domain resources of the unit subsets are different.
第一时频单元集合可以是该至少两个时频单元集合中的任意一个时频单元集合。该至少两个时频单元集合中的除该第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中可以存在第二时频单元传输的SSB与该第一时频单元集合包括的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系。其中,其他时频单元集合可以是该至少两个时频单元集合中除该第一时频单元集合之外的全部时频单元集合或部分时频单元集合。例如,假设第一时频单元集合为CS-SSB时频单元集合,则其他时频单元集合可以是NCD-SSB1时频单元集合、NCD-SSB2时频单元集合和NCD-SSB3时频单元集合中的至少一个。具有QCL关系的该第一时频单元集合包括的第一时频单元和该第二时频单元的时域资源不同用于实现网络设备在同一时域资源上采用不同的发送波束发送SSB,从而有助于实现缩短波束训练的时长。The first time-frequency unit set may be any one of the at least two time-frequency unit sets. The SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit and the time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set may exist in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set. The transmitted SSB has a QCL relationship. Wherein, the other time-frequency unit sets may be all or part of the time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set. For example, assuming that the first time-frequency unit set is a CS-SSB time-frequency unit set, other time-frequency unit sets can be NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit sets, NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit sets, and NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit sets. At least one of them. The first time-frequency unit and the second time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set having a QCL relationship have different time-domain resources for enabling network equipment to use different transmission beams to transmit SSB on the same time-domain resource, thereby It helps to shorten the length of beam training.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该至少两个时频单元集合中的每个时频单元集合包括至少两个时频单元子集合,该至少两个时频单元集合中除第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中存在第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB与该第一时频单元集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,具有QCL关系的SSB所在的该第一时频单元集合中的第一时频单元子集合和该第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同。In some possible implementation manners, each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets includes at least two time-frequency unit subsets, and the first time-frequency unit set is divided by the at least two time-frequency unit sets The SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset in the other time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the first time-frequency unit set, where the first time-frequency unit where the SSB with the QCL relationship is located The first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset in the set have different time domain resources.
第一时频单元集合可以是该至少两个时频单元集合中的任意一个时频单元集合。网络设备或终端可以将每个时频单元集合划分为多个时频单元子集合。这样QCL关系可以是不同时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合传输的SSB之间的QCL关系。具有QCL关系的该第一时频单元集合包括的第一时频单元子集合和该第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同用于实现网络设备在同一时域资源上采用不同的发送波束发送SSB,从而有助于实现缩短波束训练的时长。The first time-frequency unit set may be any one of the at least two time-frequency unit sets. The network device or terminal may divide each time-frequency unit set into multiple time-frequency unit sub-sets. In this way, the QCL relationship may be the QCL relationship between the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets. The first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset included in the first time-frequency unit set having a QCL relationship have different time-domain resources for implementing network devices using different transmission beams on the same time-domain resource SSB is sent to help shorten the time of beam training.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该至少两个时频单元集合中存在时频单元子集合传输的SSB与该第一时频单元集合中除第一时频单元子集合之外的所有时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,第二时频单元子集合的时域资源与该第一时频单元的时域资源相同,该第二时频单元子集合为与该除该第一时频单元子集合之外的时频单元子集合具有QCL关系的SSB所在的任意一个时频单元子集合。In some possible implementation manners, the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset exists in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and all time-frequency units in the first time-frequency unit set except the first time-frequency unit subset The SSB transmitted by the subset has a QCL relationship, where the time domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit, and the second time-frequency unit subset is the same as that of the first time-frequency unit. The time-frequency unit subset other than the time-frequency unit subset is any time-frequency unit subset where the SSB with the QCL relationship is located.
换句话说,其他频域资源的时频单元子集合传输的SSB与遍历第一频域资源的时频单元集合中除第一时频单元子集合之外的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系。此外,第一时频单元子集合可以是第一时频单元集合中的任意一个时频单元子集合。传输的SSB具有QCL关系的不同的时频单元子集合的时域资源不同。且其他时频资源的时频单元集合中与除所述第一时频单元子集合外的时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的时频单元子集合与该第一时频单元子集合的时域资源相同。这样在同一个时域资源上可以发送多个时频单元子集合对应的SSB,从而更进一步缩短了波束训练的时长。In other words, the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset of other frequency domain resources has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit set other than the first time-frequency unit subset in the time-frequency unit set traversing the first frequency domain resource. . In addition, the first time-frequency unit subset may be any time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set. The time domain resources of different time-frequency unit subsets of the transmitted SSB having a QCL relationship are different. In addition, in the time-frequency unit set of other time-frequency resources, the time-frequency unit subset that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset except the first time-frequency unit subset and the first time-frequency unit subset The time domain resources are the same. In this way, SSBs corresponding to multiple time-frequency unit subsets can be sent on the same time-domain resource, thereby further shortening the duration of beam training.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元,该第二时频单元集合为该至少两个时频单元集合中除该第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。In some possible implementation manners, the method further includes: receiving indication information for indicating that the SSB transmitted by the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set has QCL The time-frequency unit where the related SSB is located, and the second time-frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
该指示信息用于指示第一时频单元集合中的时频单元,该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元传输的SSB与该第二时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系。也就是说,该指示信息用于指示具有QCL关系的两个SSB所在的时频单元,这样网络设备可以灵活的配置QCL关系,提高了配置的灵活性。The indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit. That is to say, the indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit where the two SSBs having a QCL relationship are located, so that the network device can flexibly configure the QCL relationship, which improves the flexibility of configuration.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元子集合,该第二时频单元集合为该至少两个时频单元集合中除该第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。In some possible implementations, the method further includes: receiving indication information, the indication information being used to indicate the SSB transmitted in the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set A subset of time-frequency units where the SSBs having a QCL relationship are located, and the second time-frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
该指示信息可以指示第二时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合传输的SSB与第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合传输的SSB的QCL关系。即该指示信息可以以组合的形式指示具有QCL关系的SSB所在的位置,从而节省了指示信息的信令开销。The indication information may indicate the QCL relationship between the SSB transmitted in the time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set and the SSB transmitted in the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set. That is, the indication information can indicate the location of the SSB with the QCL relationship in a combined form, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the indication information.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该指示信息指示该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于该第二时频单元子集合的循环移位的单位长度的数目。In some possible implementation manners, the indication information indicates the number of unit lengths of the cyclic shift of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit subset relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
终端获知第二时频单元子集合的时域位置,就可以根据指示信息获知与第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的时域位置,不需要专门配置与第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的时域位置,从而节省了信令开销。When the terminal knows the time domain position of the second time-frequency unit subset, it can learn the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset according to the indication information. The domain position does not need to be specifically configured with the time domain position of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset, thereby saving signaling overhead.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该指示信息指示该第二时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,以及该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,其中,相同顺序位置的时频单元子集合用于传输的SSB具有QCL关系。In some possible implementations, the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the first time-frequency unit set, where the same The SSB used for transmission in the time-frequency unit subset of the sequential position has a QCL relationship.
网络设备可以设置不同时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合传输的SSB的QCL关系,并通过指示信息指示不同时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序来告知具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元子集合所在的位置。也就是说,网络设备提供了又一种配置QCL关系的方式,有助于节省波束训练的时延。The network device can set the QCL relationship of the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets, and inform the SSB with the QCL relationship of the SSB with the QCL relationship by indicating the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the different time-frequency unit sets. The location of the time-frequency unit subset. In other words, the network device provides another way to configure the QCL relationship, which helps to save the time delay of beam training.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该接收指示信息包括:接收系统信息,该系统信息包括该指示信息。In some possible implementation manners, the receiving instruction information includes receiving system information, and the system information includes the instruction information.
网络设备可以复用现有技术中的信息,避免了专门发送该指示信息,从而节省了信令开销。The network equipment can reuse the information in the prior art, which avoids sending the indication information specially, thereby saving signaling overhead.
第二方面,提供了一种传输同步信号块SSB的方法,该方法包括:发送配置信息,该配置信息用于指示至少两个时频单元集合,该至少两个时频单元集合中的每个时频单元集合中的时频单元对应相同的频域资源,且不同时频单元集合对应不同的频域资源,其中,该至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的不同时频单元用于传输不同的SSB;在该至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的至少两个时频单元上发送SSB。In a second aspect, a method for transmitting a synchronization signal block SSB is provided. The method includes: sending configuration information, the configuration information being used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, each of the at least two time-frequency unit sets The time-frequency units in the time-frequency unit set correspond to the same frequency domain resource, and different time-frequency unit sets correspond to different frequency domain resources, wherein the at least two time-frequency unit sets have different time-frequency units of the same time domain resource It is used to transmit different SSBs; the SSB is sent on at least two time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
网络设备为终端配置的配置信息可以指示至少两个时频单元集合,并在该至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的不同时频单元发送SSB。终端根据该配置信息,可以在一个时域资源对应的至少两个时频单元上分别接收到SSB。由于不同SSB对应不同的波束(例如,波束方向和SSB具有一一映射的关系),这样终端可以同时接收到通过至少两个发送波束发送的SSB。相对于传统方案中网络设备在同一个时域资源只能采用一个发送波束发送SSB,本申请实施例能够在同一时域资源上采用两个发送波束分别发送SSB,这 样有助于减少波束训练的耗时,以及减少终端和网络设备的功耗开销。The configuration information configured by the network device for the terminal may indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the SSB is sent in different time-frequency units of the same time domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets. According to the configuration information, the terminal can respectively receive the SSB on at least two time-frequency units corresponding to one time-domain resource. Since different SSBs correspond to different beams (for example, the beam direction and the SSB have a one-to-one mapping relationship), the terminal can simultaneously receive the SSBs transmitted through at least two transmission beams. Compared with the traditional scheme, the network device can only use one transmit beam to transmit the SSB on the same time domain resource. The embodiment of this application can use two transmit beams to transmit the SSB separately on the same time domain resource, which helps to reduce beam training. Time-consuming, and reduce the power consumption of terminals and network equipment.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该至少两个时频单元集合中除第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中存在第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB与第一时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有准同位QCL关系,其中,该第一时频单元子集合为该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元,且该第一时频单元子集合和该第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同。In some possible implementations, the SSB and the first time-frequency unit transmitted in the second time-frequency unit subset exist in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set. The SSB transmitted by the subset has a quasi-co-located QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset is the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit The time domain resources of the unit subsets are different.
第一时频单元集合可以是该至少两个时频单元集合中的任意一个时频单元集合。该至少两个时频单元集合中的除该第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中可以存在第二时频单元传输的SSB与该第一时频单元集合包括的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系。其中,其他时频单元集合可以是该至少两个时频单元集合中除该第一时频单元集合之外的全部时频单元集合或部分时频单元集合。例如,假设第一时频单元集合为CS-SSB时频单元集合,则其他时频单元集合可以是NCD-SSB1时频单元集合、NCD-SSB2时频单元集合和NCD-SSB3时频单元集合中的至少一个。具有QCL关系的该第一时频单元集合包括的第一时频单元和该第二时频单元的时域资源不同用于实现网络设备在同一时域资源上采用不同的发送波束发送SSB,从而有助于实现缩短波束训练的时长。The first time-frequency unit set may be any one of the at least two time-frequency unit sets. The SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit and the time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set may exist in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set. The transmitted SSB has a QCL relationship. Wherein, the other time-frequency unit sets may be all or part of the time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set. For example, assuming that the first time-frequency unit set is a CS-SSB time-frequency unit set, other time-frequency unit sets can be NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit sets, NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit sets, and NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit sets. At least one of them. The first time-frequency unit and the second time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set having a QCL relationship have different time-domain resources for enabling network equipment to use different transmission beams to transmit SSB on the same time-domain resource, thereby It helps to shorten the length of beam training.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该至少两个时频单元集合中的每个时频单元集合包括至少两个时频单元子集合,该至少两个时频单元集合中除第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中存在第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB与该第一时频单元集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,具有QCL关系的SSB所在的该第一时频单元集合中的第一时频单元子集合和该第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同。In some possible implementation manners, each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets includes at least two time-frequency unit subsets, and the first time-frequency unit set is divided by the at least two time-frequency unit sets The SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset in the other time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the first time-frequency unit set, where the first time-frequency unit where the SSB with the QCL relationship is located The first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset in the set have different time domain resources.
第一时频单元集合可以是该至少两个时频单元集合中的任意一个时频单元集合。网络设备或终端可以将每个时频单元集合划分为多个时频单元子集合。这样QCL关系可以是不同时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合传输的SSB之间的QCL关系。具有QCL关系的该第一时频单元集合包括的第一时频单元子集合和该第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同用于实现网络设备在同一时域资源上采用不同的发送波束发送SSB,从而有助于实现缩短波束训练的时长。The first time-frequency unit set may be any one of the at least two time-frequency unit sets. The network device or terminal may divide each time-frequency unit set into multiple time-frequency unit sub-sets. In this way, the QCL relationship may be the QCL relationship between the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets. The first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset included in the first time-frequency unit set having a QCL relationship have different time-domain resources for implementing network devices using different transmission beams on the same time-domain resource SSB is sent to help shorten the time of beam training.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该至少两个时频单元集合中存在时频单元子集合传输的SSB与该第一时频单元集合中除第一时频单元子集合之外的所有时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,第二时频单元子集合的时域资源与该第一时频单元的时域资源相同,该第二时频单元子集合为与该除该第一时频单元子集合之外的时频单元子集合具有QCL关系的SSB所在的任意一个时频单元子集合。In some possible implementation manners, the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset exists in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and all time-frequency units in the first time-frequency unit set except the first time-frequency unit subset The SSB transmitted by the subset has a QCL relationship, where the time domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit, and the second time-frequency unit subset is the same as that of the first time-frequency unit. The time-frequency unit subset other than the time-frequency unit subset is any time-frequency unit subset where the SSB with the QCL relationship is located.
第一时频单元集合可以是该至少两个时频单元集合中的任意一个时频单元集合。网络设备或终端可以将每个时频单元集合划分为多个时频单元子集合。这样QCL关系可以是不同时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合传输的SSB之间的QCL关系。具有QCL关系的该第一时频单元集合包括的第一时频单元子集合和该第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同用于实现网络设备在同一时域资源上采用不同的发送波束发送SSB,从而有助于实现缩短波束训练的时长。The first time-frequency unit set may be any one of the at least two time-frequency unit sets. The network device or terminal may divide each time-frequency unit set into multiple time-frequency unit sub-sets. In this way, the QCL relationship may be the QCL relationship between the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets. The first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset included in the first time-frequency unit set having a QCL relationship have different time-domain resources for implementing network devices using different transmission beams on the same time-domain resource SSB is sent to help shorten the time of beam training.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:In some possible implementations, the method further includes:
发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元,该第二时频单元集合为 该至少两个时频单元集合中除该第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。Send instruction information, which is used to indicate the time-frequency unit where the SSB in the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship, and the second time-frequency unit set The frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
该指示信息用于指示第一时频单元集合中的时频单元,该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元传输的SSB与该第二时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系。也就是说,该指示信息用于指示具有QCL关系的两个SSB所在的时频单元,这样网络设备可以灵活的配置QCL关系,提高了配置的灵活性。The indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit. That is to say, the indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit where the two SSBs having a QCL relationship are located, so that the network device can flexibly configure the QCL relationship, which improves the flexibility of configuration.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:In some possible implementations, the method further includes:
发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元子集合,该第二时频单元集合为该至少两个时频单元集合中除该第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。Sending instruction information, the instruction information being used to indicate the time-frequency unit subset where the SSBs in the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set transmitted by the SSB have a QCL relationship, The second time-frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
该指示信息可以指示第二时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合传输的SSB与第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合传输的SSB的QCL关系。即该指示信息可以以组合的形式指示具有QCL关系的SSB所在的位置,从而节省了指示信息的信令开销。The indication information may indicate the QCL relationship between the SSB transmitted in the time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set and the SSB transmitted in the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set. That is, the indication information can indicate the location of the SSB with the QCL relationship in a combined form, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the indication information.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该指示信息指示该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于该第二时频单元子集合的循环移位的单位长度的数目。In some possible implementation manners, the indication information indicates the number of unit lengths of the cyclic shift of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit subset relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
终端获知第二时频单元子集合的时域位置,就可以根据指示信息获知与第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的时域位置,不需要专门配置与第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的时域位置,从而节省了信令开销。When the terminal knows the time domain position of the second time-frequency unit subset, it can learn the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset according to the indication information. The domain position does not need to be specifically configured with the time domain position of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset, thereby saving signaling overhead.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该指示信息指示该第二时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,以及该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,其中,相同顺序位置的时频单元子集合用于传输的SSB具有QCL关系。In some possible implementations, the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the first time-frequency unit set, where the same The SSB used for transmission in the time-frequency unit subset of the sequential position has a QCL relationship.
网络设备可以设置不同时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合传输的SSB的QCL关系,并通过指示信息指示不同时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序来告知具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元子集合所在的位置。也就是说,网络设备提供了又一种配置QCL关系的方式,有助于节省波束训练的时延。The network device can set the QCL relationship of the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets, and inform the SSB with the QCL relationship of the SSB with the QCL relationship by indicating the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the different time-frequency unit sets. The location of the time-frequency unit subset. In other words, the network device provides another way to configure the QCL relationship, which helps to save the time delay of beam training.
在一些可能的实现方式中,该发送指示信息包括:发送系统信息,该系统信息包括该指示信息。In some possible implementation manners, the sending instruction information includes sending system information, and the system information includes the instruction information.
网络设备可以复用现有技术中的信息,避免了专门发送该指示信息,从而节省了信令开销。The network equipment can reuse the information in the prior art, which avoids sending the indication information specially, thereby saving signaling overhead.
第三方面,提供了一种传输同步信号块SSB的的装置,该装置可以是终端,或是用于终端的芯片,比如可被设置于终端内的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第一方面,及各种可能的实现方式的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a third aspect, a device for transmitting a synchronization signal block SSB is provided. The device may be a terminal or a chip for the terminal, such as a chip that can be set in the terminal. The device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned first aspect and various possible implementation manners. This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一种可能的设计中,该装置包括:处理模块和收发模块,该收发模块例如可以是收发器、接收器、发射器中的至少一种,该收发模块可以包括接收模块和发送模块,具体地可以包括射频电路或天线。该处理模块可以是处理器。可选地,所述装置还包括存储模块,该存储模块例如可以是存储器。当包括存储模块时,该存储模块用于存储指令。该处理模块与该存储模块连接,该处理模块可以执行该存储模块存储的指令或源自其他的指令,以 使该装置执行上述第一方面,及各种可能的实现方式的通信方法。在本设计中,该装置可以为终端。In a possible design, the device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module. The transceiver module may be, for example, at least one of a transceiver, a receiver, and a transmitter. The transceiver module may include a receiving module and a transmitting module. The ground can include a radio frequency circuit or an antenna. The processing module may be a processor. Optionally, the device further includes a storage module, and the storage module may be a memory, for example. When a storage module is included, the storage module is used to store instructions. The processing module is connected to the storage module, and the processing module can execute the instructions stored in the storage module or from other instructions, so that the device executes the above-mentioned first aspect and various possible implementation modes of communication methods. In this design, the device can be a terminal.
在另一种可能的设计中,当该装置为芯片时,该芯片包括:处理模块和收发模块,该收发模块例如可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。处理模块例如可以是处理器。该处理模块可执行指令,以使该终端内的芯片执行上述,以及任意可能的实现的通信方法。可选地,该处理模块可以执行存储模块中的指令,该存储模块可以为芯片内的存储模块,如寄存器、缓存等。该存储模块还可以是位于通信设备内,但位于芯片外部,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。In another possible design, when the device is a chip, the chip includes: a processing module and a transceiver module. The transceiver module may be, for example, an input/output interface, pin, or circuit on the chip. The processing module may be a processor, for example. The processing module can execute instructions so that the chip in the terminal executes the foregoing and any possible implementation communication methods. Optionally, the processing module may execute instructions in the storage module, and the storage module may be a storage module in the chip, such as a register, a cache, and the like. The storage module can also be located in the communication device but outside the chip, such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory) memory, RAM) etc.
其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个通用中央处理器(CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制上述第一方面,以及任意可能的实现的方法的程序执行的集成电路。Among them, the processor mentioned in any of the above can be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for controlling the above The first aspect, as well as any possible implementation of the method of program execution integrated circuit.
第四方面,提供了一种传输同步信号块SSB的装置,该装置可以是网络设备,或是用于网络设备的芯片,比如可被设置于网络设备内的芯片。该装置具有实现上述第二方面,及各种可能的实现方式的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fourth aspect, a device for transmitting a synchronization signal block SSB is provided. The device may be a network device or a chip used in a network device, such as a chip that can be set in a network device. The device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned second aspect and various possible implementation manners. This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一种可能的设计中,该装置包括:收发模块和处理模块,所述收发模块例如可以是收发器、接收器、发射器中的至少一种,该收发模块可以包括接收模块和发送模块,具体地可以包括射频电路或天线。该处理模块可以是处理器。In a possible design, the device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module. The transceiver module may be, for example, at least one of a transceiver, a receiver, and a transmitter. The transceiver module may include a receiving module and a transmitting module. Specifically, it may include a radio frequency circuit or an antenna. The processing module may be a processor.
可选地,所述装置还包括存储模块,该存储模块例如可以是存储器。当包括存储模块时,该存储模块用于存储指令。该处理模块与该存储模块连接,该处理模块可以执行该存储模块存储的指令或源自其他的指令,以使该装置执行上述第二方面,或其任意一项的方法。Optionally, the device further includes a storage module, and the storage module may be a memory, for example. When a storage module is included, the storage module is used to store instructions. The processing module is connected to the storage module, and the processing module can execute instructions stored in the storage module or instructions derived from other sources, so that the device executes the above-mentioned second aspect or any one of the methods thereof.
在另一种可能的设计中,当该装置为芯片时,该芯片包括:收发模块和处理模块,该收发模块例如可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。处理模块例如可以是处理器。该处理模块可执行指令,以使该网络设备内的芯片执行上述第二方面,以及任意可能的实现的通信方法。In another possible design, when the device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver module and a processing module. The transceiver module may be, for example, an input/output interface, pin, or circuit on the chip. The processing module may be a processor, for example. The processing module can execute instructions so that the chip in the network device executes the second aspect described above and any possible implemented communication method.
可选地,该处理模块可以执行存储模块中的指令,该存储模块可以为芯片内的存储模块,如寄存器、缓存等。该存储模块还可以是位于通信设备内,但位于芯片外部,如只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。Optionally, the processing module may execute instructions in the storage module, and the storage module may be a storage module in the chip, such as a register, a cache, and the like. The storage module can also be located in the communication device but outside the chip, such as read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory) memory, RAM) etc.
其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个通用中央处理器(CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制上述第二方面的方法的程序执行的集成电路。Among them, the processor mentioned in any of the above can be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for controlling the above The method of the second aspect is an integrated circuit for program execution.
第五方面,提供了一种装置,包括用于实现如第一方面,及其任意可能的实现方式中的所述的方法的模块。In a fifth aspect, a device is provided, including a module for implementing the method described in the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
第六方面,提供了一种装置,包括用于实现如第二方面,及其任意可能的实现方式中的所述的方法的模块。In a sixth aspect, a device is provided, including a module for implementing the method described in the second aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
第七方面,提供了一种装置,包括处理器,用于调用存储器中存储的程序,以执行如 第一方面,及其任意可能的实现方式中的所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, a device is provided, including a processor, configured to call a program stored in a memory to execute the method described in the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
第八方面,提供了一种装置,包括处理器,用于调用存储器中存储的程序,以执行如第二方面,及其任意可能的实现方式中的所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, an apparatus is provided, including a processor, configured to call a program stored in a memory to execute the method described in the second aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
第九方面,提供了一种装置,包括:处理器和接口电路,所述处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行如权利要求第一方面,及其任意可能的实现方式中的所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, a device is provided, including: a processor and an interface circuit, the processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute the first aspect of the claim, and any possible implementation manners thereof The described method.
第十方面,提供了一种装置,包括:处理器和接口电路,所述处理器用于通过所述接口电路与其它装置通信,并执行如权利要求第二方面,及其任意可能的实现方式中的所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, a device is provided, including: a processor and an interface circuit, the processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the interface circuit, and execute the second aspect of the claim, and any possible implementation manners thereof The described method.
第十一方面,提供了一种终端,包括该第五方面、第七方面或第九方面中任一项,及其任意可能的实现方式中的所述的装置。In an eleventh aspect, a terminal is provided, including any one of the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, or the ninth aspect, and the device described in any possible implementation manner thereof.
第十二方面,提供了一种网络设备,包括该第六方面所、第八方面或第十方面中任一项,及其任意可能的实现方式中的所述的装置。In a twelfth aspect, a network device is provided, including any one of the sixth aspect, the eighth aspect, or the tenth aspect, and the device described in any possible implementation manners thereof.
第十三方面,提供了一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储有指令,当所述指令运行时,实现如权利要求第一方面,及其任意可能的实现方式中的所述的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, the computer storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the method as described in the first aspect of the claim and any possible implementation manners thereof is implemented .
第十四方面,提供了一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储有指令,当所述指令运行时,实现如权利要求第二方面,及其任意可能的实现方式中的所述的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, the computer storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the method as described in the second aspect of the claim and any possible implementation manners thereof is implemented .
第十五方面,提供了一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质中存储有程序代码,该程序代码用于指示执行上述第一方面,及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。In a fifteenth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, the computer storage medium stores program code, and the program code is used to instruct instructions to execute the method in the first aspect and any possible implementations thereof.
第十六方面,提供了一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质中存储有程序代码,该程序代码用于指示执行上述第二方面,及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided. The computer storage medium stores program code, and the program code is used to instruct instructions to execute the method in the second aspect and any possible implementations thereof.
第十七方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其在处理器上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面,或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which when running on a processor, causes a computer to execute the method in the first aspect described above, or any possible implementation manner thereof.
第十八方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其在处理器上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面,或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eighteenth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which when running on a processor, causes a computer to execute the method in the second aspect described above, or any possible implementation manner thereof.
第十九方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括具有实现上述第一方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置和上述具有实现上述第二方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置。In a nineteenth aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes a device capable of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned first aspect, and the above-mentioned device capable of implementing the various methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned second aspect The function of the device.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备为终端配置的配置信息可以指示至少两个时频单元集合,并在该至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的不同时频单元发送SSB。终端根据该配置信息,可以在一个时域资源对应的至少两个时频单元上分别接收到SSB。由于不同SSB对应不同的波束(例如,波束方向和SSB具有一一映射的关系),这样终端可以同时接收到通过至少两个发送波束发送的SSB。相对于传统方案中网络设备在同一个时域资源只能采用一个发送波束发送SSB,本申请实施例能够在同一时域资源上采用两个发送波束分别发送SSB,这样有助于减少波束训练的耗时,以及减少终端和网络设备的功耗开销。Based on the above technical solution, the configuration information configured by the network device for the terminal may indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the SSB is sent in different time-frequency units of the same time domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets. According to the configuration information, the terminal can respectively receive the SSB on at least two time-frequency units corresponding to one time-domain resource. Since different SSBs correspond to different beams (for example, the beam direction and the SSB have a one-to-one mapping relationship), the terminal can simultaneously receive the SSBs transmitted through at least two transmission beams. Compared with the traditional scheme, the network device can only use one transmit beam to transmit the SSB on the same time domain resource. The embodiment of this application can use two transmit beams to transmit the SSB separately on the same time domain resource, which helps to reduce beam training. Time-consuming, and reduce the power consumption of terminals and network equipment.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是本申请的一个通信系统的示意图;Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system of the present application;
图2是传统方案的传输SSB的方法的示意性流程图;FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting SSB in a traditional solution;
图3是本申请一个实施例的传输SSB的方法的示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting SSB according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请一个具体实施例的传输SSB的方法的示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting SSB according to a specific embodiment of the present application;
图5是是本申请一个实施例的传输SSB的装置的示意性框图;FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram of a device for transmitting SSB according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请一个实施例的传输SSB的装置的示意性结构图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting SSB according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请另一个实施例的传输SSB的装置的示意性框图;FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a device for transmitting SSB according to another embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请一个实施例的传输SSB的装置的示意性结构图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting SSB according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请一个实施例的传输SSB的装置的示意性结构图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting SSB according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请另一个实施例的传输SSB的装置的示意性结构图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting SSB according to another embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请另一个实施例的通信装置的示意性结构图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to another embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请另一个实施例的通信装置的示意性结构图。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to another embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the future fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (NR), etc.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端设备、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端设备、移动设备、用户终端设备、终端设备、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may refer to user equipment, access terminal equipment, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal equipment, mobile equipment, user terminal equipment, terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment , User agent or user device. The terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) Terminal equipment, etc., this embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evoled NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备,5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device in the embodiment of the application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices. The network device may be a global system for mobile communications (GSM) system or code division multiple access (CDMA) The base transceiver station (BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolved base station (evoled) in the LTE system. NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and the future The network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of the base station in the 5G system, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or transmission point , Such as a baseband unit (BBU), or a distributed unit (DU), etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). The CU implements part of the functions of gNB, and the DU implements part of the functions of gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions. The DU is responsible for processing the physical layer protocol and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer, and the physical (PHY) layer. AAU realizes some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU. It is understandable that the network device may be a device including one or more of the CU node, the DU node, and the AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory). The operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems, or windows operating systems. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, the embodiments of the application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided in the embodiments of the application can be provided in accordance with the embodiments of the application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute the program.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
图1是本申请一个通信系统的示意图。图1中的通信系统可以包括至少一个终端(例如终端10、终端20、终端30、终端40、终端50和终端60)和网络设备70。网络设备70用于为终端提供通信服务并接入核心网,终端可以通过搜索网络设备70发送的同步信号、广播信号等接入网络,从而进行与网络的通信。图1中的终端10、终端20、终端30、终端40和终端60可以与网络设备70进行上下行传输。例如,网络设备70可以向终端10、终端20、终端30、终端40和终端60发送下行信号,也可以接收终端10、终端20、终端30、终端40和终端60发送的上行信号。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system of the present application. The communication system in FIG. 1 may include at least one terminal (for example, the terminal 10, the terminal 20, the terminal 30, the terminal 40, the terminal 50, and the terminal 60) and a network device 70. The network device 70 is used to provide communication services for the terminal and access the core network. The terminal can access the network by searching for synchronization signals, broadcast signals, etc. sent by the network device 70, so as to communicate with the network. The terminal 10, the terminal 20, the terminal 30, the terminal 40, and the terminal 60 in FIG. 1 can perform uplink and downlink transmissions with the network device 70. For example, the network device 70 may send downlink signals to the terminal 10, the terminal 20, the terminal 30, the terminal 40, and the terminal 60, and may also receive the uplink signal sent by the terminal 10, the terminal 20, the terminal 30, the terminal 40, and the terminal 60.
此外,终端40、终端50和终端60也可以看作一个通信系统,终端60可以向终端40和终端50发送下行信号,也可以接收终端40和终端50发送的上行信号。In addition, the terminal 40, the terminal 50, and the terminal 60 can also be regarded as a communication system, and the terminal 60 can send downlink signals to the terminal 40 and the terminal 50, and can also receive uplink signals sent by the terminal 40 and the terminal 50.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例可以应用于包括一个或多个网络设备的通信系统中,也可以应用于包括一个或多个终端的通信系统中,本申请对此不进行限定。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a communication system including one or more network devices, and may also be applied to a communication system including one or more terminals, which is not limited in the present application.
应理解,该通信系统中包括的网络设备可以是一个或多个。一个网络设备可以向一个或多个终端发送数据或控制信令。多个网络设备也可以同时向一个或多个终端发送数据或控制信令。It should be understood that there may be one or more network devices included in the communication system. A network device can send data or control signaling to one or more terminals. Multiple network devices can also send data or control signaling to one or more terminals at the same time.
下面将本申请涉及到的术语进行详细的介绍:The terms involved in this application are described in detail below:
1、波束(beam):1. Beam:
波束在NR协议中的体现可以是空域滤波器(spatial domain filter),或者称空间滤波器(spatial filter)或空间参数(spatial parameter)。用于发送信号的波束可以称为发送波束(transmission beam,Tx beam),可以称为空域发送滤波器(spatial domain transmission filter)或空间发射参数(spatial transmission parameter);用于接收信号的波束可以称为接收波束(reception beam,Rx beam),可以称为空域接收滤波器(spatial domain receive filter)或空间接收参数(spatial RX parameter)。The embodiment of the beam in the NR protocol can be a spatial domain filter, or a spatial filter or a spatial parameter. The beam used to transmit a signal can be called a transmission beam (Tx beam), can be called a spatial domain transmission filter or a spatial transmission parameter (spatial transmission parameter); the beam used to receive a signal can be called To receive the beam (reception beam, Rx beam), it can be called a spatial domain receive filter or a spatial receive parameter (spatial RX parameter).
发送波束可以是指信号经天线发射出去后在空间不同方向上形成的信号强度的分布,接收波束可以是指从天线上接收到的无线信号在空间不同方向上的信号强度分布。The transmitting beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions in space after a signal is transmitted through the antenna, and the receiving beam may refer to the signal strength distribution of the wireless signal received from the antenna in different directions in space.
此外,波束可以是宽波束,或者窄波束,或者其他类型波束。形成波束的技术可以是波束赋形技术或者其他技术。波束赋形技术具体可以为数字波束赋形技术、模拟波束赋形技术或者混合数字/模拟波束赋形技术等。In addition, the beam may be a wide beam, or a narrow beam, or other types of beams. The beam forming technology may be beamforming technology or other technologies. The beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, or a hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology, etc.
波束一般和资源对应,例如进行波束测量时,网络设备通过不同的资源来测量不同的波束,终端反馈测得的资源质量,网络设备就知道对应的波束的质量。在数据传输是,波束信息也是通过其对应的资源来进行指示的。例如网络设备通过DCI的TCI中资源,来指示终端PDSCH波束的信息。Beams generally correspond to resources. For example, when performing beam measurement, network equipment uses different resources to measure different beams, and the terminal feeds back the measured resource quality, and the network equipment knows the quality of the corresponding beam. In data transmission, the beam information is also indicated by its corresponding resource. For example, the network equipment indicates the PDSCH beam information of the terminal through the resources in the TCI of the DCI.
可选地,将具有相同或者类似的通信特征的多个波束视为是一个波束。一个波束内可以包括一个或多个天线端口,用于传输数据信道、控制信道和探测信号等。形成一个波束的一个或多个天线端口也可以看作是一个天线端口集。Optionally, multiple beams having the same or similar communication characteristics are regarded as one beam. One or more antenna ports can be included in one beam, which are used to transmit data channels, control channels, and sounding signals. One or more antenna ports forming a beam can also be regarded as an antenna port set.
在波束测量中,网络设备的每一个波束对应一个资源,因此可以以资源的索引来唯一标识该资源对应的波束。In beam measurement, each beam of the network device corresponds to a resource, so the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource.
2、资源:2. Resources:
在波束测量中,可以通过资源的索引来唯一标识该资源对应的波束。资源可以是上行信号资源,也可以是下行信号资源。上行信号包括但不限于探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS),解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)。下行信号包括但不限于:信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、小区专用参考信号(cell specific reference signal,CS-RS)、UE专用参考信号(user equipment specific reference signal,US-RS)、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)、以及同步信号/物理广播信道块(synchronization system/physical broadcast channel block,SS/PBCH block)。其中,SS/PBCH block可以简称为同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)。其中SSB可以包含主同步信号,辅同步信号,物理广播信道,和物理广播信道的解调参考信号中的至少一个。In beam measurement, the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource. The resource can be an uplink signal resource or a downlink signal resource. Uplink signals include but are not limited to sounding reference signal (SRS) and demodulation reference signal (DMRS). Downlink signals include but are not limited to: channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), cell specific reference signal (CS-RS), UE specific reference signal (user equipment specific reference signal, US-RS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), and synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (synchronization system/physical broadcast channel block, SS/PBCH block). Among them, the SS/PBCH block may be referred to as a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB) for short. The SSB may include at least one of the primary synchronization signal, the secondary synchronization signal, the physical broadcast channel, and the demodulation reference signal of the physical broadcast channel.
资源通过无线资源控制信令(radio resource control,RRC)信令配置。在配置结构上, 一个资源是一个数据结构,包括其对应的上行/下行信号的相关参数,例如上行/下行信号的类型,承载上行/下行信号的资源粒,上行/下行信号的发送时间和周期,发送上行/下行信号所采用的端口数等。每一个上行/下行信号的资源具有唯一的索引,以标识该下行信号的资源。可以理解的是,资源的索引也可以称为资源的标识,本申请实施例对此不作任何限制。Resources are configured through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling. In terms of configuration structure, a resource is a data structure, including its corresponding uplink/downlink signal related parameters, such as the type of uplink/downlink signal, the resource element that carries the uplink/downlink signal, the transmission time and period of the uplink/downlink signal , The number of ports used to send uplink/downlink signals, etc. Each uplink/downlink signal resource has a unique index to identify the downlink signal resource. It is understandable that the index of the resource may also be referred to as the identifier of the resource, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
3、波束指示信息:3. Beam indication information:
用于指示传输所使用的波束,包括发送波束和/或接收波束。包括波束编号、波束管理资源编号,上行信号资源号,下行信号资源号、波束的绝对索引、波束的相对索引、波束的逻辑索引、波束对应的天线端口的索引、波束对应的天线端口组索引、波束对应的下行信号的索引、波束对应的下行同步信号块的时间索引、波束对连接(beam pair link,BPL)信息、波束对应的发送参数(Tx parameter)、波束对应的接收参数(Rx parameter)、波束对应的发送权重、波束对应的权重矩阵、波束对应的权重向量、波束对应的接收权重、波束对应的发送权重的索引、波束对应的权重矩阵的索引、波束对应的权重向量的索引、波束对应的接收权重的索引、波束对应的接收码本、波束对应的发送码本、波束对应的接收码本的索引、波束对应的发送码本的索引中的至少一种,下行信号包括同步信号、广播信道、广播信号解调信号、信道状态信息下行信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、小区专用参考信号(cell specific reference signal,CS-RS)、终端设备专用参考信号(user equipment specific reference signal,US-RS)、下行控制信道解调参考信号,下行数据信道解调参考信号,下行相位噪声跟踪信号中任意一种。上行信号包括中上行随机接入序列,上行探测参考信号,上行控制信道解调参考信号,上行数据信道解调参考信号,上行相位噪声跟踪信号任意一种。可选的,网络设备还可以为频率资源组关联的波束中具有准同位(quasi-co-location,QCL)关系的波束分配QCL标示符。波束也可以称为空域传输滤波器,发射波束也可以称为空域发射滤波器,接收波束也可以称为空域接收滤波器。波束指示信息还可以体现为传输配置编号(transmission configuration index,TCI),TCI中可以包括多种参数,例如,小区编号,带宽部分编号,参考信号标识,同步信号块标识,QCL类型等。其中,准同位(quasi-co-location,QCL)的同位关系用于表示多个资源之间具有一个或多个相同或者相类似的通信特征,对于具有同位关系的多个资源,可以采用相同或者类似的通信配置。例如,如果两个天线端口具有同位关系,那么一个端口传送一个符号的信道大尺度特性可以从另一个端口传送一个符号的信道大尺度特性推断出来。大尺度特性可以包括:延迟扩展,平均延迟,多普勒扩展,多普勒频移,平均增益,接收参数,终端设备接收波束编号,发射/接收信道相关性,接收到达角,接收机天线的空间相关性,主到达角(angel-of-arrival,AoA),平均到达角,AoA的扩展等。空域准同位(spatial QCL)可以认为是QCL的一种类型。对于spatial有两个角度可以理解:从发送端或者从接收端。从发送端来看,如果说两个天线端口是空域准同位的,那么是指这两个天线端口的对应的波束方向在空间上是一致的,即spatial filter相同。从接收端来看,如果说两个天线端口是空域准同位的,那么是指接收端能够在相同的波束方向上接收到这两个天线端口发送的信号,即关于接收参数QCL。Used to indicate the beam used for transmission, including transmitting beam and/or receiving beam. Including beam number, beam management resource number, uplink signal resource number, downlink signal resource number, absolute index of beam, relative index of beam, logical index of beam, index of antenna port corresponding to beam, index of antenna port group corresponding to beam, The index of the downlink signal corresponding to the beam, the time index of the downlink synchronization signal block corresponding to the beam, the beam pair link (BPL) information, the transmission parameter (Tx parameter) corresponding to the beam, and the reception parameter (Rx parameter) corresponding to the beam , The transmission weight corresponding to the beam, the weight matrix corresponding to the beam, the weight vector corresponding to the beam, the reception weight corresponding to the beam, the index of the transmission weight corresponding to the beam, the index of the weight matrix corresponding to the beam, the index of the weight vector corresponding to the beam, the beam At least one of the index of the corresponding reception weight, the reception codebook corresponding to the beam, the transmission codebook corresponding to the beam, the index of the reception codebook corresponding to the beam, and the index of the transmission codebook corresponding to the beam. The downlink signal includes a synchronization signal, Broadcast channel, broadcast signal demodulation signal, channel state information downlink signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS), cell specific reference signal (cell specific reference signal, CS-RS), terminal equipment specific reference signal (user equipment specific Reference signal, US-RS), downlink control channel demodulation reference signal, downlink data channel demodulation reference signal, and downlink phase noise tracking signal. The uplink signal includes any of a medium uplink random access sequence, an uplink sounding reference signal, an uplink control channel demodulation reference signal, an uplink data channel demodulation reference signal, and an uplink phase noise tracking signal. Optionally, the network device may also allocate QCL identifiers to beams having a quasi-co-location (QCL) relationship among the beams associated with the frequency resource group. The beam may also be referred to as a spatial transmission filter, the transmitting beam may also be referred to as a spatial transmitting filter, and the receiving beam may also be referred to as a spatial receiving filter. The beam indication information may also be embodied as a transmission configuration index (TCI). The TCI may include various parameters, such as cell number, bandwidth part number, reference signal identifier, synchronization signal block identifier, QCL type, and so on. Among them, the quasi-co-location (QCL) parity relationship is used to indicate that multiple resources have one or more identical or similar communication features. For multiple resources with parity relationship, the same or Similar communication configuration. For example, if two antenna ports have a co-location relationship, then the large-scale characteristics of the channel transmitting one symbol on one port can be inferred from the large-scale characteristics of the channel transmitting one symbol on the other port. Large-scale characteristics can include: delay spread, average delay, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average gain, receiving parameters, terminal device receiving beam number, transmitting/receiving channel correlation, receiving angle of arrival, receiver antenna Spatial correlation, main angle of arrival (angel-of-arrival, AoA), average angle of arrival, expansion of AoA, etc. Spatial QCL can be considered as a type of QCL. There are two angles to understand spatial: from the sending end or from the receiving end. From the perspective of the transmitting end, if the two antenna ports are quasi-co-located in the spatial domain, it means that the corresponding beam directions of the two antenna ports are spatially consistent, that is, the spatial filters are the same. From the perspective of the receiving end, if the two antenna ports are spatially quasi-co-located, it means that the receiving end can receive the signals sent by the two antenna ports in the same beam direction, that is, the reception parameter QCL.
4、QCL:4. QCL:
同位关系用于表示多个资源之间具有一个或多个相同或者相类似的通信特征,对于具 有同位关系的多个资源,可以采用相同或者类似的通信配置。例如,如果两个天线端口具有同位关系,那么一个端口传送一个符号的信道大尺度特性可以从另一个端口传送一个符号的信道大尺度特性推断出来。大尺度特性可以包括:延迟扩展,平均延迟,多普勒扩展,多普勒频移,平均增益,接收参数,终端设备接收波束编号,发射/接收信道相关性,接收到达角,接收机天线的空间相关性,主到达角(Angel-of-Arrival,AoA),平均到达角,AoA的扩展等。The colocation relationship is used to indicate that multiple resources have one or more identical or similar communication features. For multiple resources with a colocation relationship, the same or similar communication configuration can be used. For example, if two antenna ports have a co-location relationship, then the large-scale characteristics of the channel transmitting one symbol on one port can be inferred from the large-scale characteristics of the channel transmitting one symbol on the other port. Large-scale characteristics can include: delay spread, average delay, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average gain, receiving parameters, terminal device receiving beam number, transmitting/receiving channel correlation, receiving angle of arrival, receiver antenna Spatial correlation, main angle of arrival (Angel-of-Arrival, AoA), average angle of arrival, expansion of AoA, etc.
5、空域准同位(spatial QCL):5. Spatial QCL:
spatial QCL可以认为是QCL的一种类型。对于spatial有两个角度可以理解:从发送端或者从接收端。从发送端来看,如果说两个天线端口是空域准同位的,那么是指这两个天线端口的对应的波束方向在空间上是一致的。从接收端来看,如果说两个天线端口是空域准同位的,那么是指接收端能够在相同的波束方向上接收到这两个天线端口发送的信号。Spatial QCL can be considered as a type of QCL. There are two angles to understand spatial: from the sending end or from the receiving end. From the perspective of the transmitting end, if the two antenna ports are quasi-co-located in the airspace, it means that the corresponding beam directions of the two antenna ports are spatially consistent. From the perspective of the receiving end, if the two antenna ports are spatially quasi-co-located, it means that the receiving end can receive the signals sent by the two antenna ports in the same beam direction.
6、准同位假设(QCL assumption):6. QCL assumption:
是指假设两个端口之间是否具有QCL关系。准同位假设的配置和指示可以用来帮助接收端进行信号的接收和解调。例如接收端能确认A端口和B端口具有QCL关系,即可以将A端口上测得的信号的大尺度参数用于B端口上的信号测量和解调。It means to assume whether there is a QCL relationship between two ports. The configuration and instructions of the quasi-parity hypothesis can be used to assist the receiving end in signal reception and demodulation. For example, the receiving end can confirm that the A port and the B port have a QCL relationship, that is, the large-scale parameters of the signal measured on the A port can be used for the signal measurement and demodulation on the B port.
需要说明的是,随着技术的不断发展,本申请实施例的术语有可能发生变化,但都在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be noted that with the continuous development of technology, the terminology of the embodiments of this application may change, but they are all within the protection scope of this application.
传统方案中,波束训练可以通过传输SSB来实现。例如,在网络设备有16个发送波束和终端有8个接收波束的情况下,若每个波束对应一个SSB索引,每一轮波束训练持续时间为一个SSB的周期20ms,则至少需要160ms才能为终端的8个波束找到对应的波束对。例如,如图2所示,SSB的发送为是在相同频域资源,不同时域资源的时频单元上发送的。因此,传统方案波束训练耗时较长。In the traditional scheme, beam training can be realized by transmitting SSB. For example, when the network device has 16 transmitting beams and the terminal has 8 receiving beams, if each beam corresponds to an SSB index, and the duration of each round of beam training is 20ms for an SSB cycle, it will take at least 160ms to be The 8 beams of the terminal find the corresponding beam pair. For example, as shown in Fig. 2, the SSB is sent on time-frequency units of the same frequency domain resource but different time domain resources. Therefore, the beam training of the traditional scheme takes a long time.
图3示出了本申请实施例的传输SSB的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 3 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting an SSB according to an embodiment of the present application.
301,网络设备向终端发送配置信息,该配置信息用于指示至少两个时频单元集合,该至少两个时频单元集合中的每个时频单元集合中的时频单元对应相同的频域资源,且不同时频单元集合对应不同的频域资源,其中,该至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的不同时频单元用于传输不同的SSB。相应地,该终端从该网络设备接收该配置信息。301. The network device sends configuration information to the terminal, where the configuration information is used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the time-frequency units in each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets correspond to the same frequency domain. Resource, and different time-frequency unit sets correspond to different frequency-domain resources, wherein different time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets are used to transmit different SSBs. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the configuration information from the network device.
具体地,网络设备向终端发送配置信息,用于为终端配置传输SSB的时频单元。该配置信息用于指示至少两个时频单元集合,该至少两个时频单元集合分别对应的频域资源不同。例如,如图4所示,配置信息用于指示4个时频单元集合,该4个时频单元集合分别为小区定义的SSB(cell-defining SSB,CD-SSB)时频单元集合、非小区定义的SSB(NCD-SSB)1时频单元集合、NCD-SSB2时频单元集合和NCD-SSB3时频单元集合。其中,每个时频单元集合包括16个用于传输SSB的时频单元。Specifically, the network device sends configuration information to the terminal, which is used to configure the time-frequency unit for transmitting the SSB for the terminal. The configuration information is used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the frequency domain resources corresponding to the at least two time-frequency unit sets are different. For example, as shown in Figure 4, the configuration information is used to indicate 4 time-frequency unit sets. The 4 time-frequency unit sets are cell-defining SSB (cell-defining SSB, CD-SSB) time-frequency unit sets and non-cell Defined SSB (NCD-SSB)1 time-frequency unit set, NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit set and NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit set. Among them, each time-frequency unit set includes 16 time-frequency units for transmitting SSB.
需要说明的是,一个时频单元集合可以包括一个或多个时频单元,不同时频单元集合包括的时频单元的数目可以相同,也可以不同,本申请对此不进行限定。It should be noted that a time-frequency unit set may include one or more time-frequency units, and the number of time-frequency units included in different time-frequency unit sets may be the same or different, which is not limited in this application.
可以理解的是,频域资源不同可以理解为不同的频点。It is understandable that different frequency domain resources can be understood as different frequency points.
还可以理解的是,本申请实施例中的时频单元可以是“SSB单元”。It can also be understood that the time-frequency unit in the embodiment of the present application may be an "SSB unit".
还可以理解的是,本申请实施例中的传输不同的SSB可以理解是传输不同的信号。 其中,不同的SSB可以理解为不同索引的SSB。It can also be understood that the transmission of different SSBs in the embodiments of the present application can be understood to be the transmission of different signals. Among them, different SSBs can be understood as SSBs with different indexes.
可选地,时频单元为NCD-SSB类型的时频单元可以是NCD-SSB1、NCD-SSB2或NCD-SSB3。Optionally, the time-frequency unit of the NCD-SSB type may be NCD-SSB1, NCD-SSB2, or NCD-SSB3.
可选地,时频单元为CD-SSB类型的时频单元可以是CD-SSB。Optionally, the time-frequency unit of the CD-SSB type may be the CD-SSB.
302,网络设备在该至少两个频域单元集合中的相同时域资源的至少两个时频单元上发送SSB。相应地,终端在该至少两个频域单元集合中的相同时域资源的至少两个时频单元上接收SSB。302. The network device sends the SSB on at least two time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two frequency-domain unit sets. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the SSB on at least two time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two frequency-domain unit sets.
具体地,网络设备为终端配置的配置信息可以指示至少两个时频单元集合,并在该至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的不同时频单元发送SSB。终端根据该配置信息,可以接收到多个SSB。由于不同SSB对应不同的波束(例如,波束方向和SSB具有一一映射的关系),这样终端可以同时接收到通过至少两个发送波束发送的SSB。相对于传统方案中网络设备在同一个时域资源只能采用一个发送波束发送SSB,本申请实施例能够在同一时域资源上采用两个发送波束分别发送SSB,这样有助于减少波束训练的耗时,以及减少终端和网络设备的功耗开销。Specifically, the configuration information configured by the network device for the terminal may indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the SSB is sent in different time-frequency units of the same time domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets. According to the configuration information, the terminal can receive multiple SSBs. Since different SSBs correspond to different beams (for example, the beam direction and the SSB have a one-to-one mapping relationship), the terminal can simultaneously receive the SSBs transmitted through at least two transmission beams. Compared with the traditional scheme, the network device can only use one transmit beam to transmit the SSB on the same time domain resource. The embodiment of this application can use two transmit beams to transmit the SSB separately on the same time domain resource, which helps to reduce beam training. Time-consuming, and reduce the power consumption of terminals and network equipment.
例如,如图4所示,网络设备可以在CD-SSB时频单元集合中的标识为SSB1的时频单元,NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的标识为SSB1的时频单元,NCD-SSB2时频单元集合中标识为SSB1的时频单元,NCD-SSB3时频单元集合中标识为SSB1的时频单元上采用4个发送波束同时发送SSB,终端可以采用一个接收波束接收该4个发送波束分别发送的SSB。很显然,相对于传统方案本申请实施例缩短了测量与某一个接收波束配对的发送波束的时间,即缩短了波束训练的时间。For example, as shown in Fig. 4, the network device can set the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set, the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set, and the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit set. The time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the frequency unit set, and the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit set uses 4 transmit beams to simultaneously transmit SSB, and the terminal can use one receive beam to receive the 4 transmit beams respectively SSB sent. Obviously, compared with the traditional solution, the embodiment of the present application shortens the time for measuring the transmission beam paired with a certain receiving beam, that is, shortens the time for beam training.
可选地,该至少两个时频单元集合中除第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中存在第二时频单元传输的SSB与该第一时频单元集合包括的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,具有QCL关系的SSB所在的该第一时频单元集合中的第一时频单元和该第二时频单元的时域资源不同。Optionally, the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit and the time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set exist in other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set. The SSB transmitted by the unit has a QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit and the second time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set where the SSB with the QCL relationship is located have different time domain resources.
具体地,第一时频单元集合可以是该至少两个时频单元集合中的任意一个时频单元集合。该至少两个时频单元集合中的除该第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中可以存在第二时频单元传输的SSB与该第一时频单元集合包括的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系。其中,其他时频单元集合可以是该至少两个时频单元集合中除该第一时频单元集合之外的全部时频单元集合或部分时频单元集合。例如,假设第一时频单元集合为CS-SSB时频单元集合,则其他时频单元集合可以是NCD-SSB1时频单元集合、NCD-SSB2时频单元集合和NCD-SSB3时频单元集合中的至少一个。具有QCL关系SSB所在的第一时频单元和该第二时频单元的时域资源不同用于实现网络设备在同一时域资源上采用不同的发送波束发送SSB,从而有助于实现缩短波束训练的时长。Specifically, the first time-frequency unit set may be any one of the at least two time-frequency unit sets. The SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit and the time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set may exist in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set. The transmitted SSB has a QCL relationship. Wherein, the other time-frequency unit sets may be all or part of the time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set. For example, assuming that the first time-frequency unit set is a CS-SSB time-frequency unit set, other time-frequency unit sets can be NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit sets, NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit sets, and NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit sets. At least one of them. The time domain resources of the first time-frequency unit and the second time-frequency unit where the QCL relationship SSB is located are different, which is used to realize that the network device uses different transmission beams to transmit SSB on the same time domain resource, thereby helping to achieve shortened beam training The length of time.
也就是说,两个具有QCL关系的SSB具有不同的时间,和不同的频域位置。其中,第一时频单元集合包括的时频单元可以为非小区定义的SSB所在的时频单元,而第二时频单元集合中的时频单元可以为小区定义的SSB所在的时频单元。In other words, two SSBs with a QCL relationship have different times and different frequency domain positions. Wherein, the time-frequency unit included in the first time-frequency unit set may be the time-frequency unit where the non-cell-defined SSB is located, and the time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set may be the time-frequency unit where the cell-defined SSB is located.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中第一时频单元传输的SSB和第二时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,可以是网络设备在第一时频单元上发送SSB与在第二时频单元上发送SSB采用相同的发送波束。It can be understood that the SSB transmitted by the first time-frequency unit and the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit in the embodiment of the present application have a QCL relationship. The same transmit beam is used to transmit SSB on the unit.
需要说明的是,该其他时频单元集合为多个时,每个时频单元集合都可以存在一个时频单元传输的SSB与该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系。It should be noted that when there are multiple other time-frequency unit sets, each time-frequency unit set may have one SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set has a QCL. relationship.
例如,如图4所示,NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的标识为SSB1的时频单元与CD-SSB时频单元集合中的标识为SSB13的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系;NCD-SSB2时频单元集合中的标识为SSB1的时频单元与CD-SSB时频单元集合中的标识为SSB9的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系;NCD-SSB3时频单元集合中的标识为SSB1的时频单元与CD-SSB时频单元集合中的标识为SSB5的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系。For example, as shown in Figure 4, the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set and the time-frequency unit identified as SSB13 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship; NCD- The SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the SSB2 time-frequency unit set and the time-frequency unit identified as SSB9 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship; the identity in the NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit set is SSB1 The time-frequency unit of CD-SSB has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB5 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set.
还需要说明的是,不同时频单元集合传输的SSB可以与第一时频单元集合中的不同时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系。It should also be noted that the SSBs transmitted by different time-frequency unit sets may have a QCL relationship with the SSBs transmitted by different time-frequency units in the first time-frequency unit set.
可选地,该至少两个时频单元集合中存在时频单元子集合传输的SSB与该第一时频单元集合中除第一时频单元子集合之外的所有时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,第二时频单元子集合的时域资源与该第一时频单元子集合的时域资源相同,该第二时频单元子集合为与该第一时频单元集合中除该第一时频单元子集合之外的时频单元子集合具有QCL关系的SSB所在的任意一个时频单元子集合。Optionally, the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and the SSB transmitted by all the time-frequency unit subsets except the first time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set The SSB has a QCL relationship, where the time-domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit subset, and the second time-frequency unit subset is the same as the first time-frequency unit set Any time-frequency unit subset in which the time-frequency unit subset other than the first time-frequency unit subset has an SSB with a QCL relationship is located.
具体地,其他频域资源的时频单元子集合传输的SSB与遍历第一频域资源的时频单元集合中除第一时频单元子集合之外的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系。此外,第一时频单元子集合可以是第一时频单元集合中的任意一个时频单元子集合。传输的SSB具有QCL关系的不同的时频单元子集合的时域资源不同。且其他时频资源的时频单元集合中与除所述第一时频单元子集合外的时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的时频单元子集合与该第一时频单元子集合的时域资源相同。这样在同一个时域资源上可以发送多个时频单元子集合对应的SSB,从而更进一步缩短了波束训练的时长。Specifically, the SSB transmitted in the time-frequency unit subset of other frequency domain resources has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted in the time-frequency unit set other than the first time-frequency unit subset in the time-frequency unit set traversing the first frequency domain resource. In addition, the first time-frequency unit subset may be any time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set. The time domain resources of different time-frequency unit subsets of the transmitted SSB having a QCL relationship are different. In addition, in the time-frequency unit set of other time-frequency resources, the time-frequency unit subset that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset except the first time-frequency unit subset and the first time-frequency unit subset The time domain resources are the same. In this way, SSBs corresponding to multiple time-frequency unit subsets can be sent on the same time-domain resource, thereby further shortening the duration of beam training.
可以理解的是,时频单元集合可以包括一个或多个时频单元子集合,不同时频单元集合包括的时频单元子集合的数目可以相同,也可以不同。It can be understood that the time-frequency unit set may include one or more time-frequency unit subsets, and the number of time-frequency unit subsets included in different time-frequency unit sets may be the same or different.
可选地,在第一时频单元子集合持续的时间内的所有频点传输的SSB可以与第一时频集合内的所有时频单元传输的SSB都具有QCL关系。其中所述的第一时频集合内的所有SSB可以不包含第一时频单元集合所在频点的SSB。例如如图4所示,第一时频单元子集合内的SSB索引为CD-SSB中的SSB1,SSB2,SSB3,SSB4,则该持续时间段内的其他NCD-SSB1,NCD-SSB2,NCD-SSB4中的SSB索引1,2,3,4与CD-SSB中的SSB索引5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16具有QCL关系,即在该子集合持续时间内与第一时频单元集合内1~16个SSB都具有QCL关系,除了CD-SSB中的SSB索引1,2,3,4。这是因为SSB1,2,3,4就在该时间段内,不需要另外设置QCL关系。Optionally, the SSBs transmitted at all frequency points within the duration of the first time-frequency unit subset may have a QCL relationship with the SSBs transmitted by all time-frequency units in the first time-frequency set. All the SSBs in the first time-frequency set may not include the SSB of the frequency point where the first time-frequency unit set is located. For example, as shown in Figure 4, the SSB index in the first time-frequency unit subset is SSB1, SSB2, SSB3, SSB4 in the CD-SSB, and the other NCD-SSB1, NCD-SSB2, NCD- SSB index 1, 2, 3, 4 in SSB4 has a QCL relationship with SSB index 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 in CD-SSB. The sub-set duration has a QCL relationship with 1 to 16 SSBs in the first time-frequency unit set, except for the SSB indexes 1, 2, 3, and 4 in the CD-SSB. This is because SSB1,2,3,4 are within this time period, and there is no need to set up QCL relationships.
例如,若网络设备包括16个发送波束,NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的标识为SSB1-SSB4的时频单元与CD-SSB时频单元集合中的标识为SSB13-SSB16的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系(即NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的标识为SSB1-SSB4的时频单元与CD-SSB时频单元集合中的标识为SSB13-SSB16的时频单元的时域资源不同,而NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的标识为SSB1-SSB4的时频单元与CD-SSB时频单元集合中的标识为SSB1-SSB4的时频单元的时域资源相同);NCD-SSB2时频单元集合中的标识为SSB1-SSB4的时频单元与CD-SSB时频单元集合中的标识为SSB9-SSB12的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系;NCD-SSB3时频单元集合中的标识为SSB1-SSB4的时频单元 与CD-SSB时频单元集合中的标识为SSB5-SSB8的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,则网络设备可以通过标识为SSB1-SSB4的时频单元(即第一时频单元子集合)对应的时间就可以完成与该终端的某一个接收波束的配对。For example, if the network device includes 16 transmission beams, the time-frequency units identified as SSB1-SSB4 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set and the time-frequency units identified as SSB13-SSB16 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set are transmitted. SSB has a QCL relationship (that is, the time-frequency units identified as SSB1-SSB4 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set have different time-domain resources from the time-frequency units identified as SSB13-SSB16 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set, and The time-frequency units identified as SSB1-SSB4 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set have the same time-domain resources as the time-frequency units identified as SSB1-SSB4 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set); NCD-SSB2 time-frequency units The time-frequency unit identified as SSB1-SSB4 in the set has a QCL relationship with the time-frequency unit identified as SSB9-SSB12 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set. The SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB9-SSB12 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship; -The time-frequency unit of SSB4 has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB5-SSB8 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set, and the network device can pass the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1-SSB4 (ie the first The pairing with a certain receiving beam of the terminal can be completed at the time corresponding to the time-frequency unit subset).
可选地,该至少两个时频单元集合中除第一时频单元之外的其他时频单元集合中存在第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB与该第一时频单元集合包括的时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中具有QCL关系的SSB所在的该第一时频单元集合中的第一时频单元子集合和该第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同。Optionally, in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set, there are SSBs transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset and the time included in the first time-frequency unit set. The SSB transmitted by the frequency unit subset has a QCL relationship, and the time domain resources of the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set where the SSBs with the QCL relationship are located are different.
具体地,网络设备或终端可以将每个时频单元集合划分为一个或多个时频单元子集合。例如,如图4所示,将CD-SSB时频单元集合划分为4个时频单元子集合,即SSB1-SSB4为时频单元子集合1,SSB5-SSB8为时频单元子集合2,SSB9-SSB12为时频单元子集合3,SSB13-SSB16为时频单元子集合4。其他时频单元集合中的子集合中的部分或全部时频单元可以与第一时频单元集合中包括的时频单元具有QCL关系。此外,第一时频单元集合也可以划分时频单元子集合。这样QCL关系可以是不同时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合传输的SSB之间的QCL关系。Specifically, the network device or terminal may divide each time-frequency unit set into one or more time-frequency unit sub-sets. For example, as shown in Figure 4, the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set is divided into 4 time-frequency unit subsets, namely SSB1-SSB4 are time-frequency unit subset 1, SSB5-SSB8 are time-frequency unit subset 2, SSB9 -SSB12 is time-frequency unit subset 3, SSB13-SSB16 is time-frequency unit subset 4. Some or all of the time-frequency units in the subsets in the other time-frequency unit sets may have a QCL relationship with the time-frequency units included in the first time-frequency unit set. In addition, the first time-frequency unit set may also be divided into time-frequency unit subsets. In this way, the QCL relationship may be the QCL relationship between the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets.
例如,NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合1传输的SSB可以与CD-SSB时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合4传输的SSB具有QCL关系。For example, the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset 1 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set may have a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset 4 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set.
可以理解的是,时频单元子集合传输的SSB之间的QCL关系可以是时频单元子集合中的每个时频单元传输的SSB依次具有QCL关系。即第二时频单元集合中传输的第n*M+(1~M)个SSB与第一时频单元集合中传输的第n1*M+(1~M)个SSB分别具有QCL关系,其中,n≠n1。例如,NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合1中的标识为SSB1的时频单元传输的SSB与CD-SSB时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合4中的标识为SSB13的时频单元传输的SSB之间具有QCL关系;NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合1中的标识为SSB2的时频单元传输的SSB与CD-SSB时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合4中的标识为SSB14的时频单元传输的SSB之间具有QCL关系;依次类推,为避免重复,在此不进行赘述。It can be understood that the QCL relationship between the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset may be that the SSBs transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the time-frequency unit subset have a QCL relationship in turn. That is, the n*M+(1~M)th SSB transmitted in the second time-frequency unit set and the n1*M+(1~M)th SSB transmitted in the first time-frequency unit set respectively have a QCL relationship, where n ≠n1. For example, the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB1 in the time-frequency unit subset 1 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set and the time-frequency unit subset 4 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set is identified as SSB13 There is a QCL relationship between the SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit; the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB2 in the time-frequency unit subset 1 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set and the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set The SSBs transmitted by the time-frequency unit identified as SSB14 in the time-frequency unit subset 4 have a QCL relationship; and so on, in order to avoid repetition, details are not described here.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,同一个频点不同时频单元子集合中包括时频单元的数目相同。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, the number of time-frequency units included in the same frequency point and different time-frequency unit subsets is the same.
可以理解的是,时频单元集合中划分时频单元子集合的数目L可以与频点的数目N相同,或者频点的数目L小于时频单元子集合数目N的倍数。相应地,每个频域子集合的数目M=K/L或者floor(K/L)或者ceil(K/L),其中,K为每个频点对应时频单元的数目,即每个时频单元集合包括的时频单元的数目。It is understandable that the number L of divided time-frequency unit subsets in the time-frequency unit set may be the same as the number N of frequency points, or the number L of frequency points is less than a multiple of the number N of time-frequency unit subsets. Correspondingly, the number of each frequency domain subset M=K/L or floor (K/L) or ceil (K/L), where K is the number of time-frequency units corresponding to each frequency point, that is, each time The number of time-frequency units included in the frequency unit set.
例如,如图4所示,每个时频单元集合包括16个时频单元,共有4个频点的时频单元集合,则可以将每个时频单元集合划分为4个时频单元子集合,或者是划分为2个时频单元子集合。For example, as shown in Figure 4, each time-frequency unit set includes 16 time-frequency units, and a total of 4 frequency-point time-frequency unit sets, then each time-frequency unit set can be divided into 4 time-frequency unit sub-sets , Or divided into 2 time-frequency unit subsets.
换句话说,该至少两个时频单元集合包括第一时频单元集合和第二时频单元集合,该第一时频单元集合包括第一时频单元子集合和第二时频单元子集合,该第二时频单元集合包括第三时频单元子集合,该第二时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与该第三时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,该第一时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,该第二时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,该第 三时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。In other words, the at least two time-frequency unit sets include a first time-frequency unit set and a second time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit set includes a first time-frequency unit subset and a second time-frequency unit subset , The second time-frequency unit set includes a third time-frequency unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit subset and each time-frequency unit in the third time-frequency unit subset are transmitted The SSB of has a QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, the second time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the third time-frequency unit subset Including one or more time-frequency units.
可选地,该至少两个时频单元集合还包括第三时频单元集合,该第一时频单元集合还包括第四时频单元子集合,该第三时频单元集合包括第五时频单元子集合,该第五时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与该第四时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,该第四时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,该第五时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。Optionally, the at least two time-frequency unit sets further include a third time-frequency unit set, the first time-frequency unit set further includes a fourth time-frequency unit subset, and the third time-frequency unit set includes a fifth time-frequency unit set. The unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fifth time-frequency unit subset and the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fourth time-frequency unit subset have a QCL relationship, and the fourth time-frequency unit The set includes one or more time-frequency units, and the fifth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
在一个实施例中,在步骤302之前,终端还可以接收指示信息,该指示信息用于指示所述第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元。In one embodiment, before step 302, the terminal may also receive indication information, which is used to indicate that the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set and the time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set has QCL The time-frequency unit where the SSB of the relationship is located.
具体地,该指示信息用于指示第一时频单元集合中的时频单元,该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元传输的SSB与该第二时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系。也就是说,该指示信息用于指示具有QCL关系的两个SSB所在的时频单元。Specifically, the indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit. That is, the indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit where the two SSBs having a QCL relationship are located.
可以理解的是,不同时频单元集合中的时频单元传输的SSB与第一时频单元集合中的时频单元传输的SSB的QCL关系可以分别通过指示信息指示,也可以由一个指示信息同时指示。It is understandable that the QCL relationship between the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in different time-frequency unit sets and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set can be indicated by indication information respectively, or can be indicated by one indication information at the same time. Instructions.
在一个实施例中,该指示信息为第二时频单元的PBCH字段,该PBCH字段指示该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元。In an embodiment, the indication information is the PBCH field of the second time-frequency unit, and the PBCH field indicates the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set.
具体地,该指示信息可以直接指示所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元,该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元传输的SSB与所述至少两个时频单元集合中除所述第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中的第二时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系。例如,在NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中标识为SSB1(即第二时频单元传输的SSB)中的PBCH字段的取值指示为SSB索引为13,即NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中标识为SSB1的SSB与CD-SSB时频单元集合中标识为SSB13的SSB具有QCL关系。Specifically, the indication information may directly indicate the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set is divided by the at least two time-frequency unit sets. The SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit in other time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship. For example, the value of the PBCH field in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set identified as SSB1 (that is, the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit) indicates that the SSB index is 13, that is, the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set is identified as The SSB of SSB1 has a QCL relationship with the SSB identified as SSB13 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set.
可以理解的是,该PBCH字段还可以替换为MIB字段、或者DMRS字段。It is understandable that the PBCH field can also be replaced with a MIB field or a DMRS field.
还可以理解的是,PBCH字段、MIB字段、或者DMRS序列可以直接指示SSB的索引。或者PBCH字段、MIB字段、或者DMRS字段可以间接指示SSB索引。例如,MIB字段可以指示系统帧号(system frame number,SFN)、类型A的解调参考信号位置(dmrs-TypeA-Position)、子载波间隔(subCarrierSpacingCommon)、小区禁止接入信息(CellBarred)和同频小区选择(IntraFrequencySelection),剩余比特(spare)中的一个或者多个进行指示,通过这些字段直接指示关联的SSB索引或指示具有QCL关系的SSB索引,例如小区定义的SSB索引。It can also be understood that the PBCH field, MIB field, or DMRS sequence can directly indicate the index of the SSB. Or the PBCH field, MIB field, or DMRS field may indirectly indicate the SSB index. For example, the MIB field can indicate the system frame number (system frame number, SFN), type A demodulation reference signal position (dmrs-TypeA-Position), subcarrier spacing (subCarrierSpacingCommon), cell barred information (CellBarred), and the same IntraFrequency Selection (IntraFrequency Selection), one or more of the remaining bits (spare) are indicated, and these fields directly indicate the associated SSB index or indicate the SSB index with QCL relationship, such as the SSB index defined by the cell.
在另一个实施例中,在步骤302之前,终端还可以接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元子集合,所述第二时频单元集合为所述至少两个时频单元集合中除所述第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。In another embodiment, before step 302, the terminal may also receive indication information, the indication information being used to indicate the second time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit set in the second time-frequency unit set. The subset of time-frequency units where the SSBs of the collective transmission have a QCL relationship are located, and the second time-frequency unit set is the time-frequency unit set other than the first time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets Frequency unit collection.
具体地,该指示信息可以指示第二时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合传输的SSB与第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合传输的SSB的QCL关系。即该指示信息可以以组合的形式指示具有QCL关系的SSB所在的位置,从而节省了指示信息的信令开销。Specifically, the indication information may indicate the QCL relationship between the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set. That is, the indication information can indicate the location of the SSB with the QCL relationship in a combined form, thereby saving the signaling overhead of the indication information.
在一个示例中,该指示信息指示所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于所 述第二时频单元子集合的循环移位的单位长度数目。In an example, the indication information indicates the number of unit lengths of the cyclic shift of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit subset with respect to the second time-frequency unit subset.
具体地,该指示信息可以间接指示第一时频单元集合中与该第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元子集合的位置(例如,下述第一时频单元子集合)。该指示信息可以指示单位长度数目为i,即第一时频单元子集合相对于第二时频单元子集合偏移i个单位长度,单位长度为时频单元子集合的数目。例如,NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的第二时频单元子集合为时频单元子集合1(时频单元子集合1包括用于传输SSB1-SSB4的时频单元),若i=1,则第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合2(时频单元子集合2包括用于传输SSB5-SSB8的时频单元)为与该NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合1具有QCL关系。Specifically, the indication information may indirectly indicate the position of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset (for example, the following first time-frequency unit subset). Frequency unit subset). The indication information may indicate that the number of unit lengths is i, that is, the first time-frequency unit subset is offset by i unit lengths from the second time-frequency unit subset, and the unit length is the number of time-frequency unit subsets. For example, the second time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set is time-frequency unit subset 1 (time-frequency unit subset 1 includes time-frequency units for transmitting SSB1-SSB4), if i=1, Then the time-frequency unit subset 2 in the first time-frequency unit set (the time-frequency unit subset 2 includes time-frequency units for transmitting SSB5-SSB8) is the same as the time-frequency unit sub-set in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set. Set 1 has a QCL relationship.
可选地,网络设备可以配置NCD-SSB1的频点,频点位置的配置可以基于绝对的全局信道频域栅格配置的方式进行配置,也可以基于全局同步信道频域栅格的配置方式进行配置,也可以基于偏移的方式进行配置。偏移的参考位置可以为CD-SSB的频域位置,也可以为其他NCD-SSB的频域位置。网络设备在配置频域位置的时候,可以配置顺序,也可以配置循环移位长度。配置顺序的时候,网络设备指示该频域位置的SSB在频域中的位置进行排序,也可以不配置顺序,根据距离参考位置的远近进行配置。该顺序可以与循环移位长度进行关联,顺序为0的不进行循环移位,可以为参考位置的频域SSB。顺序为1的可以循环移位一个子集合的SSB,顺序为2的,可以循环移位两个子集合的SSB。顺序也可以从0开始,参考位置不进行计数。网络设备也可以指示频域位置与i。或者网络设备可以指示频域位置与i*M,M表示单位长度。Optionally, the network device can configure the frequency point of NCD-SSB1, and the configuration of the frequency point position can be configured based on the absolute global channel frequency domain grid configuration, or it can be based on the global synchronization channel frequency domain grid configuration. Configuration can also be configured based on offset. The offset reference position may be the frequency domain position of the CD-SSB, or the frequency domain position of other NCD-SSB. When the network device configures the frequency domain position, the sequence can be configured, and the cyclic shift length can also be configured. When configuring the sequence, the network device instructs the location of the SSB of the frequency domain location in the frequency domain to sort, or the sequence may not be configured, and the configuration is performed according to the distance from the reference location. The sequence can be associated with the length of the cyclic shift, and the sequence of 0 does not perform cyclic shift, and can be the frequency domain SSB of the reference position. The sequence of 1 can cyclically shift the SSB of one subset, and the sequence of 2 can cyclically shift the SSB of two subsets. The sequence can also start from 0, and the reference position is not counted. The network device can also indicate the frequency domain position and i. Or the network device can indicate the frequency domain position and i*M, where M represents the unit length.
需要说明的是,该指示信息指示的不同时频单元集合的i值可以不同。例如,指示信息指示NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于第二时频单元子集合偏移1个单位长度,NCD-SSB2时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于第二时频单元子集合偏移2个单位长度,NCD-SSB3时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于第二时频单元子集合偏移3个单位长度。It should be noted that the i values of different time-frequency unit sets indicated by the indication information may be different. For example, the indication information indicates that the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set is offset by 1 unit length from the second time-frequency unit subset, and the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit set is relatively The second time-frequency unit subset is offset by 2 unit lengths, and the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit set is offset by 3 unit lengths relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
在另一个示例中,该指示信息指示所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于所述第二时频单元子集合的循环移位长度。In another example, the indication information indicates the cyclic shift length of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
具体地,终端结合该第二时频单元子集合的时域位置和该偏移关系可以确定出该第一时频单元子集合的时域位置。其中,第二时频单元子集合的位置可以是预先约定的,或者是网络设备配置的。该指示信息可以指示L,即第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的位置和相对于该第二时频单元子集合的位置偏移L个时域单元位置。例如,NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于第二时频单元子集合偏移4个时域位置,NCD-SSB2时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于第二时频单元子集合偏移8个时域位置,NCD-SSB3时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于第二时频单元子集合偏移12个时域位置。Specifically, the terminal may determine the time domain position of the first time-frequency unit subset in combination with the time-domain position of the second time-frequency unit subset and the offset relationship. Wherein, the position of the second time-frequency unit subset may be pre-appointed or configured by the network device. The indication information may indicate L, that is, the position of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set and the position of the second time-frequency unit subset offset by L time-domain unit positions. For example, the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set is offset by 4 time-domain positions relative to the second time-frequency unit subset, and the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit set is relative to the first time-frequency unit subset. The second time-frequency unit subset is offset by 8 time-domain positions, and the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit set is offset by 12 time-domain positions relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
可选地,该L=iJ,其中,i为第一时频单元子集合相对于第二时频单元子集合偏移的单位长度数目,J为时频单元子集合包括的频域单元的数目。例如,图4中的J=4,NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于第二时频单元子集合偏移1*4个时域位置,NCD-SSB2时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于第二时频单元子集合偏移2*4个时域位置,NCD-SSB3时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于第二时频单元子集合偏移3*4 个时域位置。Optionally, L=iJ, where i is the number of unit lengths that the first time-frequency unit subset is offset from the second time-frequency unit subset, and J is the number of frequency domain units included in the time-frequency unit subset . For example, J=4 in Figure 4, the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set is offset by 1*4 time domain positions relative to the second time-frequency unit subset, and the NCD-SSB2 time-frequency unit set The time-frequency unit subset in is offset by 2*4 time domain positions relative to the second time-frequency unit subset, and the time-frequency unit subset in the NCD-SSB3 time-frequency unit set is offset relative to the second time-frequency unit subset Move 3*4 time domain positions.
可以理解的是,i的取值和J的取值分别可以是网络设备和终端约定的,也可以是网络设备确定并告知终端的,本申请对此不进行限定。其中,J的取值还可以与不同频点划分时频单元子集合的数目相关。i的取值可以与时频单元子集合的划分数目相同,也可以小于时频单元子集合的划分数目。It is understandable that the value of i and the value of J may be agreed upon by the network device and the terminal respectively, or may be determined by the network device and notified to the terminal, which is not limited in this application. The value of J may also be related to the number of time-frequency unit subsets divided by different frequency points. The value of i may be the same as the number of divisions of the time-frequency unit subset, or may be smaller than the number of divisions of the time-frequency unit subset.
还可以理解的是,不同的频点的i的取值可以相同,也可以不同。It can also be understood that the value of i at different frequency points may be the same or different.
还可以理解的是,该时域位置的时域长度与时域单元的时域长度相同。It can also be understood that the time domain length of the time domain location is the same as the time domain length of the time domain unit.
在又一个示例中,所述指示信息指示所述第二时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,以及所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,其中,相同顺序位置的时频单元子集合用于传输的SSB具有QCL关系。In another example, the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the first time-frequency unit set, wherein, The SSBs used for transmission in the time-frequency unit subsets in the same sequence position have a QCL relationship.
具体地,网络设备可以设置不同时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合传输的SSB的QCL关系,并通过指示信息指示不同时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序来告知具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元子集合所在的位置。Specifically, the network device may set the QCL relationship of the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subsets in different time-frequency unit sets, and inform the QCL relationship by indicating the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the different time-frequency unit sets through the indication information. The location of the time-frequency unit subset where the SSB is located.
例如,网络设备可以指示NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序为时频单元子集合4、时频单元子集合1、时频单元子集合2、时频单元子集合3。CD-SSB时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序可以是顺序排序,即时频单元子集合1、时频单元子集合2、时频单元子集合3、时频单元子集合4。这样,CD-SSB时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合1传输的SSB和NCD-SSB1时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合4传输的SSB具有QCL关系。For example, the network device may indicate that the sequence of the time-frequency unit subsets in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set is time-frequency unit subset 4, time-frequency unit subset 1, time-frequency unit subset 2, and time-frequency unit subset 3. . The order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set may be sequential sorting, such as the real-time frequency unit subset 1, the time-frequency unit subset 2, the time-frequency unit subset 3, and the time-frequency unit subset 4. In this way, the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset 1 in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set and the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset 4 in the NCD-SSB1 time-frequency unit set have a QCL relationship.
可以理解的是,CD-SSB时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序可以是固定的,也可以是网络设备指示的,本申请对此不进行限定。It is understandable that the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set may be fixed, or may be instructed by the network device, which is not limited in this application.
还可以理解的是,CD-SSB时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序还可以是其他顺序。It can also be understood that the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the CD-SSB time-frequency unit set may also be other orders.
可选地,网络设备可以设置固定频域位置的SSB。固定频域位置的SSB可以表示两个频域位置的SSB之间的频率间隔为固定的值,网络设备可以不用指示,降低开销。固定的值可以为协议规定的范围,可以以RB为单位,也可以SSB的带宽为单位,其值可以为1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11。固定频域位置的SSB数目可以为2,3,4,5,6,7,8中的部分或者全部。固定频域位置的SSB在相同的时间发送具有相同QCL关系的SSB,也可以具有不同QCL关系的SSB。即在固定的频域位置的SSB的所有频点上的SSB都具有QCL关系。Optionally, the network device can set an SSB at a fixed frequency domain location. The SSB with a fixed frequency domain position may indicate that the frequency interval between two SSBs at a frequency domain position is a fixed value, and the network device may not need to indicate, thereby reducing overhead. The fixed value can be a range specified by the protocol, and can be in units of RB or SSB bandwidth, and its value can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11. The number of SSBs at a fixed frequency domain position can be some or all of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. SSBs with fixed frequency domain positions send SSBs with the same QCL relationship at the same time, or SSBs with different QCL relationships are also possible. That is, the SSBs on all frequency points of the SSB at a fixed frequency domain position have a QCL relationship.
还可以理解的是,不同频点的时频单元传输的SSB之间的QCL关系的指示方式可以相同也可以不同。It can also be understood that the QCL relationship between the SSBs transmitted by time-frequency units of different frequency points may be indicated in the same way or differently.
可选地,该指示信息可以携带在系统信息中,也可以携带在其他消息中,从而能够节省信令开销,本申请对此不进行限定。Optionally, the indication information may be carried in system information or other messages, so as to save signaling overhead, which is not limited in this application.
本文中描述的各个实施例可以为独立的方案,也可以根据内在逻辑进行组合,这些方案都落入本申请的保护范围中。The various embodiments described in this document may be independent solutions, or may be combined according to internal logic, and these solutions fall within the protection scope of the present application.
可以理解的是,上述各个方法实施例中,由终端实现的方法和操作,也可以由可用于终端的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现,由网络设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由可用于网络设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It can be understood that, in the foregoing method embodiments, the methods and operations implemented by the terminal can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in the terminal, and the methods and operations implemented by the network device can also be implemented by the terminal. The components (such as chips or circuits) of network equipment are implemented.
上述主要从各个交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是, 各个网元,例如终端或者网络设备,为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of various interactions. It can be understood that each network element, such as a terminal or a network device, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端或者网络设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以使用硬件的形式实现,也可以使用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以使用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。The embodiment of the present application may divide the terminal or the network device into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented either in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of using the corresponding functional modules to divide each functional module.
应理解,本申请实施例中的具体的例子只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例,而非限制本申请实施例的范围。It should be understood that the specific examples in the embodiments of the present application are only to help those skilled in the art to better understand the embodiments of the present application, rather than limiting the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
以上,结合图3至图4详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下,结合图5至图15详细说明本申请实施例提供的装置。应理解,装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Above, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail with reference to FIGS. 3 to 4. Hereinafter, the device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 5 to FIG. 15. It should be understood that the description of the device embodiment and the description of the method embodiment correspond to each other. Therefore, for the content that is not described in detail, please refer to the above method embodiment. For the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
图5示出了本申请实施例的传输SSB的装置500的示意性框图。FIG. 5 shows a schematic block diagram of a device 500 for transmitting SSB according to an embodiment of the present application.
应理解,该装置500可以对应于图1所示的各个终端或终端内的芯片,以及图3所示的实施例中的终端或终端内的芯片,可以具有图3所示的方法实施例中的终端的任意功能。该装置500,包括收发模块510和处理模块520。It should be understood that the apparatus 500 may correspond to each terminal or chip in the terminal shown in FIG. 1, and the terminal or chip in the terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. Any function of the terminal. The device 500 includes a transceiver module 510 and a processing module 520.
该收发模块510,用于接收配置信息,该配置信息用于指示至少两个时频单元集合,该至少两个时频单元集合中的每个时频单元集合中的时频单元对应相同的频域资源,且不同时频单元集合对应不同的频域资源,其中,该至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的不同时频单元用于传输不同的SSB;The transceiver module 510 is configured to receive configuration information, and the configuration information is used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the time-frequency units in each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets correspond to the same frequency. Domain resources, and different time-frequency unit sets correspond to different frequency-domain resources, wherein different time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets are used to transmit different SSBs;
该处理模块520,用于根据该配置信息,通过该收发模块510接收SSB。The processing module 520 is configured to receive the SSB through the transceiver module 510 according to the configuration information.
可选地,该至少两个时频单元集合中除第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中存在第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB与第一时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有准同位QCL关系,其中,该第一时频单元子集合为该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元,且该第一时频单元子集合和该第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同。Optionally, in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set, there are SSBs transmitted in the second time-frequency unit subset and SSB transmitted in the first time-frequency unit subset. The SSB has a quasi-coordinate QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset is the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset are Time domain resources are different.
可选地,该至少两个时频单元集合包括第一时频单元集合和第二时频单元集合,该第一时频单元集合包括第一时频单元子集合和第二时频单元子集合,该第二时频单元集合包括第三时频单元子集合,该第二时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与该第三时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,该第一时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,该第二时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,该第三时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。Optionally, the at least two time-frequency unit sets include a first time-frequency unit set and a second time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit set includes a first time-frequency unit subset and a second time-frequency unit subset , The second time-frequency unit set includes a third time-frequency unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit subset and each time-frequency unit in the third time-frequency unit subset are transmitted The SSB of has a QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, the second time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the third time-frequency unit subset Including one or more time-frequency units.
可选地,该至少两个时频单元集合还包括第三时频单元集合,该第一时频单元集合还包括第四时频单元子集合,该第三时频单元集合包括第五时频单元子集合,该第五时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与该第四时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,该第四时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,该第五时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。Optionally, the at least two time-frequency unit sets further include a third time-frequency unit set, the first time-frequency unit set further includes a fourth time-frequency unit subset, and the third time-frequency unit set includes a fifth time-frequency unit set. The unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fifth time-frequency unit subset and the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fourth time-frequency unit subset have a QCL relationship, and the fourth time-frequency unit The set includes one or more time-frequency units, and the fifth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
可选地,该第二时频单元集合或该第三时频单元集合中的时频单元为非小区定义NCD-SSB类型的时频单元。Optionally, the time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set or the third time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of a non-cell-defined NCD-SSB type.
可选地,该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元为小区定义CD-SSB类型的时频单元。Optionally, the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of the cell-defined CD-SSB type.
可选地,该至少两个时频单元集合中存在时频单元子集合传输的SSB与该第一时频单元集合中除第一时频单元子集合之外的所有时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,该第一时频单元子集合的时域资源与第二时频单元子集合的时域资源相同,该第二时频单元子集合为与该第一时频单元集合中该除该第一时频单元子集合之外的时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的任意一个时频单元子集合。Optionally, the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and the SSB transmitted by all the time-frequency unit subsets except the first time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set The SSB has a QCL relationship, where the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset, and the second time-frequency unit subset is the same as the first time-frequency unit set Any one of the time-frequency unit subsets in which the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset other than the first time-frequency unit subset has a QCL relationship is located.
可选地,该收发模块510,还用于接收指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元,该第二时频单元集合为该至少两个时频单元集合中除该第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。Optionally, the transceiver module 510 is further configured to receive indication information used to indicate that the SSB transmitted by the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship In the time-frequency unit where the SSB is located, the second time-frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
可选地,该收发模块510,还用于接收指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元子集合,该第二时频单元集合为该至少两个时频单元集合中除该第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。Optionally, the transceiver module 510 is further configured to receive indication information, the indication information being used to indicate that the SSB transmitted in the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set has The time-frequency unit subset where the SSB of the QCL relationship is located, and the second time-frequency unit set is the other time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
可选地,该指示信息指示该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于该第二时频单元子集合的循环移位的单位长度的数目。Optionally, the indication information indicates the number of unit lengths of the cyclic shift of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit subset relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
可选地,该指示信息指示该第二时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,以及该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,其中,相同顺序位置的时频单元子集合用于传输的SSB具有QCL关系。Optionally, the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the first time-frequency unit set, where the time-frequency unit subsets in the same order position The SSB used for transmission in the subset of frequency units has a QCL relationship.
可选地,该收发模块510具体用于:Optionally, the transceiver module 510 is specifically configured to:
接收系统信息,该系统信息包括该指示信息。Receive system information, where the system information includes the indication information.
关于上述收发模块510和处理模块520更详细的描述,可参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述,在此不再说明。For a more detailed description of the foregoing transceiver module 510 and processing module 520, reference may be made to the relevant description in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not described here.
图6示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置600,该装置600可以为图3中所述的终端。该装置可以采用如图6所示的硬件架构。该装置可以包括处理器610和收发器630,可选地,该装置还可以包括存储器640,该处理器610、收发器630和存储器640通过内部连接通路互相通信。图5中的处理模块520所实现的相关功能可以由处理器610来实现,收发模块510所实现的相关功能可以由处理器610控制收发器630来实现。FIG. 6 shows a communication device 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 600 may be the terminal described in FIG. 3. The device can adopt the hardware architecture shown in FIG. 6. The device may include a processor 610 and a transceiver 630. Optionally, the device may also include a memory 640. The processor 610, the transceiver 630, and the memory 640 communicate with each other through an internal connection path. The related functions implemented by the processing module 520 in FIG. 5 may be implemented by the processor 610, and the related functions implemented by the transceiver module 510 may be implemented by the processor 610 controlling the transceiver 630.
可选地,处理器610可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),专用处理器,或一个或多个用于执行本申请实施例技术方案的集成电路。或者,处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。例如可以是基带 处理器、或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基站、终端、或芯片等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。Optionally, the processor 610 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a dedicated processor, or one or more It is an integrated circuit implementing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application. Alternatively, a processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (for example, computer program instructions). For example, it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit. The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processor can be used to control communication devices (such as base stations, terminals, or chips), execute software programs, and process data in the software programs.
可选地,该处理器610可以包括是一个或多个处理器,例如包括一个或多个中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),在处理器是一个CPU的情况下,该CPU可以是单核CPU,也可以是多核CPU。Optionally, the processor 610 may include one or more processors, such as one or more central processing units (central processing unit, CPU). In the case where the processor is a CPU, the CPU may be a single processor. The core CPU can also be a multi-core CPU.
该收发器630用于发送和接收数据和/或信号,以及接收数据和/或信号。该收发器可以包括发射器和接收器,发射器用于发送数据和/或信号,接收器用于接收数据和/或信号。The transceiver 630 is used to send and receive data and/or signals, and to receive data and/or signals. The transceiver may include a transmitter and a receiver, the transmitter is used to send data and/or signals, and the receiver is used to receive data and/or signals.
该存储器640包括但不限于是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程存储器(erasable programmable read only memory,EPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM),该存储器640用于存储相关指令及数据。The memory 640 includes but is not limited to random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable memory (erasable programmable memory, EPROM), read-only memory A compact disc (read-only memory, CD-ROM), the memory 640 is used to store related instructions and data.
存储器640用于存储终端的程序代码和数据,可以为单独的器件或集成在处理器610中。The memory 640 is used to store program codes and data of the terminal, and may be a separate device or integrated in the processor 610.
具体地,所述处理器610用于控制收发器与终端进行信息传输。具体可参见方法实施例中的描述,在此不再赘述。Specifically, the processor 610 is configured to control the transceiver to perform information transmission with the terminal. For details, please refer to the description in the method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,装置600还可以包括输出设备和输入设备。输出设备和处理器610通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备和处理器610通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the apparatus 600 may further include an output device and an input device. The output device communicates with the processor 610 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector, etc. . The input device communicates with the processor 610, and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device can be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.
可以理解的是,图6仅仅示出了通信装置的简化设计。在实际应用中,该装置还可以分别包含必要的其他元件,包含但不限于任意数量的收发器、处理器、控制器、存储器等,而所有可以实现本申请的终端都在本申请的保护范围之内。It can be understood that FIG. 6 only shows a simplified design of the communication device. In practical applications, the device may also contain other necessary components, including but not limited to any number of transceivers, processors, controllers, memories, etc., and all terminals that can implement this application are within the protection scope of this application. within.
在一种可能的设计中,该装置600可以是芯片,例如可以为可用于终端中的通信芯片,用于实现终端中处理器610的相关功能。该芯片可以为实现相关功能的现场可编程门阵列,专用集成芯片,系统芯片,中央处理器,网络处理器,数字信号处理电路,微控制器,还可以采用可编程控制器或其他集成芯片。该芯片中,可选的可以包括一个或多个存储器,用于存储程序代码,当所述代码被执行时,使得处理器实现相应的功能。In a possible design, the device 600 may be a chip, for example, a communication chip that can be used in a terminal to implement related functions of the processor 610 in the terminal. The chip can be a field programmable gate array, a dedicated integrated chip, a system chip, a central processing unit, a network processor, a digital signal processing circuit, a microcontroller, and a programmable controller or other integrated chips for realizing related functions. The chip may optionally include one or more memories for storing program codes. When the codes are executed, the processor realizes corresponding functions.
本申请实施例还提供一种装置,该装置可以是终端也可以是电路。该装置可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端所执行的动作。The embodiment of the present application also provides a device, which may be a terminal or a circuit. The device can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
图7示出了本申请实施例的通信装置700的示意性框图。FIG. 7 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device 700 according to an embodiment of the present application.
应理解,该装置700可以对应于图1所示的网络设备或网络设备内的芯片,或者图3所示的实施例中的网络设备或网络设备内的芯片,可以具有方法中的网络设备的任意功能。该装置700,包括收发模块710。It should be understood that the apparatus 700 may correspond to the network device or the chip in the network device shown in FIG. 1, or the network device or the chip in the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. Any function. The device 700 includes a transceiver module 710.
该收发模块710,用于发送配置信息,该配置信息用于指示至少两个时频单元集合,该至少两个时频单元集合中的每个时频单元集合中的时频单元对应相同的频域资源,且不同时频单元集合对应不同的频域资源,其中,该至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源 的不同时频单元用于传输不同的SSB;The transceiver module 710 is configured to send configuration information, and the configuration information is used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the time-frequency units in each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets correspond to the same frequency. Domain resources, and different time-frequency unit sets correspond to different frequency-domain resources, wherein different time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets are used to transmit different SSBs;
该收发模块710,还用于在该至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的至少两个时频单元上发送SSB。The transceiver module 710 is further configured to send SSB on at least two time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
可选地,该装置700还可以包括处理模块720,该处理模块720可以用于确定上述配置信息。Optionally, the apparatus 700 may further include a processing module 720, and the processing module 720 may be used to determine the foregoing configuration information.
可选地,该至少两个时频单元集合中除第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中存在第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB与第一时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有准同位QCL关系,其中,该第一时频单元子集合为该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元,且该第一时频单元子集合和该第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同。Optionally, in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set, there are SSBs transmitted in the second time-frequency unit subset and SSB transmitted in the first time-frequency unit subset. The SSB has a quasi-coordinate QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset is the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset are Time domain resources are different.
可选地,该至少两个时频单元集合包括第一时频单元集合和第二时频单元集合,该第一时频单元集合包括第一时频单元子集合和第二时频单元子集合,该第二时频单元集合包括第三时频单元子集合,该第二时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与该第三时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,该第一时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,该第二时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,该第三时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。Optionally, the at least two time-frequency unit sets include a first time-frequency unit set and a second time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit set includes a first time-frequency unit subset and a second time-frequency unit subset , The second time-frequency unit set includes a third time-frequency unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit subset and each time-frequency unit in the third time-frequency unit subset are transmitted The SSB of has a QCL relationship, where the first time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, the second time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the third time-frequency unit subset Including one or more time-frequency units.
可选地,该至少两个时频单元集合还包括第三时频单元集合,该第一时频单元集合还包括第四时频单元子集合,该第三时频单元集合包括第五时频单元子集合,该第五时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与该第四时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,该第四时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,该第五时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。Optionally, the at least two time-frequency unit sets further include a third time-frequency unit set, the first time-frequency unit set further includes a fourth time-frequency unit subset, and the third time-frequency unit set includes a fifth time-frequency unit set. The unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fifth time-frequency unit subset and the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fourth time-frequency unit subset have a QCL relationship, and the fourth time-frequency unit The set includes one or more time-frequency units, and the fifth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
可选地,该第二时频单元集合或该第三时频单元集合中的时频单元为非小区定义NCD-SSB类型的时频单元。Optionally, the time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set or the third time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of a non-cell-defined NCD-SSB type.
可选地,该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元为小区定义CD-SSB类型的时频单元。Optionally, the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of the cell-defined CD-SSB type.
可选地,该至少两个时频单元集合中存在时频单元子集合传输的SSB与该第一时频单元集合中除第一时频单元子集合之外的所有时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,该第一时频单元子集合的时域资源与第二时频单元子集合的时域资源相同,该第二时频单元子集合为与该第一时频单元集合中该除该第一时频单元子集合之外的时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的任意一个时频单元子集合。Optionally, the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and the SSB transmitted by all the time-frequency unit subsets except the first time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set The SSB has a QCL relationship, where the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset, and the second time-frequency unit subset is the same as the first time-frequency unit set Any one of the time-frequency unit subsets in which the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset other than the first time-frequency unit subset has a QCL relationship is located.
可选地,该收发模块710,还用于发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元,该第二时频单元集合为该至少两个时频单元集合中除该第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。Optionally, the transceiver module 710 is further configured to send indication information, which is used to indicate that the SSB transmitted by the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship In the time-frequency unit where the SSB is located, the second time-frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
可选地,该收发模块710,还用于发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元子集合,该第二时频单元集合为该至少两个时频单元集合中除该第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。Optionally, the transceiver module 710 is further configured to send indication information, which is used to indicate that the SSB transmitted in the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set has The time-frequency unit subset where the SSB of the QCL relationship is located, and the second time-frequency unit set is the other time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
可选地,该指示信息指示该第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于该第二时频单元子集合的循环移位的单位长度的数目。Optionally, the indication information indicates the number of unit lengths of the cyclic shift of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit subset relative to the second time-frequency unit subset.
可选地,该指示信息指示该第二时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,以及该第 一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,其中,相同顺序位置的时频单元子集合用于传输的SSB具有QCL关系。Optionally, the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the first time-frequency unit set, where the time-frequency unit subsets in the same order position The SSB used for transmission in the subset of frequency units has a QCL relationship.
可选地,该收发模块710具体用于:发送系统信息,该系统信息包括该指示信息。Optionally, the transceiver module 710 is specifically configured to send system information, where the system information includes the indication information.
关于上述收发模块710和处理模块720更详细的描述,可参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述,在此不再说明。For a more detailed description of the foregoing transceiver module 710 and processing module 720, reference may be made to the related description in the foregoing method embodiment, which is not described herein again.
图8示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置800,该装置800可以为图4中所述的网络设备。该装置可以采用如图8所示的硬件架构。该装置可以包括处理器810和收发器820,可选地,该装置还可以包括存储器830,该处理器810、收发器820和存储器830通过内部连接通路互相通信。图7中的处理模块720所实现的相关功能可以由处理器810来实现,收发模块710所实现的相关功能可以由处理器810控制收发器820来实现。FIG. 8 shows a communication device 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 800 may be the network device described in FIG. 4. The device can adopt the hardware architecture shown in FIG. 8. The device may include a processor 810 and a transceiver 820. Optionally, the device may also include a memory 830. The processor 810, the transceiver 820, and the memory 830 communicate with each other through an internal connection path. The related functions implemented by the processing module 720 in FIG. 7 may be implemented by the processor 810, and the related functions implemented by the transceiver module 710 may be implemented by the processor 810 controlling the transceiver 820.
可选地,处理器810可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),专用处理器,或一个或多个用于执行本申请实施例技术方案的集成电路。或者,处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。例如可以是基带处理器、或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基站、终端、或芯片等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。Optionally, the processor 810 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a dedicated processor, or one or more It is an integrated circuit implementing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application. Alternatively, a processor may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (for example, computer program instructions). For example, it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit. The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processor can be used to control communication devices (such as base stations, terminals, or chips), execute software programs, and process data in the software programs.
可选地,该处理器810可以包括是一个或多个处理器,例如包括一个或多个中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),在处理器是一个CPU的情况下,该CPU可以是单核CPU,也可以是多核CPU。Optionally, the processor 810 may include one or more processors, such as one or more central processing units (CPU). In the case that the processor is a CPU, the CPU may be a single processor. The core CPU can also be a multi-core CPU.
该收发器820用于发送和接收数据和/或信号,以及接收数据和/或信号。该收发器可以包括发射器和接收器,发射器用于发送数据和/或信号,接收器用于接收数据和/或信号。The transceiver 820 is used to send and receive data and/or signals, and to receive data and/or signals. The transceiver may include a transmitter and a receiver, the transmitter is used to send data and/or signals, and the receiver is used to receive data and/or signals.
该存储器830包括但不限于是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程存储器(erasable programmable read only memory,EPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM),该存储器830用于存储相关指令及数据。The memory 830 includes, but is not limited to, random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable memory (erasable read only memory, EPROM), and read-only memory. A compact disc (read-only memory, CD-ROM), the memory 830 is used to store related instructions and data.
存储器830用于存储网络设备的程序代码和数据,可以为单独的器件或集成在处理器810中。The memory 830 is used to store program codes and data of the network device, and may be a separate device or integrated in the processor 810.
具体地,所述处理器810用于控制收发器与终端进行信息传输。具体可参见方法实施例中的描述,在此不再赘述。Specifically, the processor 810 is configured to control the transceiver to perform information transmission with the terminal. For details, please refer to the description in the method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,装置800还可以包括输出设备和输入设备。输出设备和处理器810通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备和处理器810通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the apparatus 800 may further include an output device and an input device. The output device communicates with the processor 810 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector, etc. . The input device communicates with the processor 810 and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device can be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.
可以理解的是,图8仅仅示出了通信装置的简化设计。在实际应用中,该装置还可以分别包含必要的其他元件,包含但不限于任意数量的收发器、处理器、控制器、存储器等,而所有可以实现本申请的网络设备都在本申请的保护范围之内。It can be understood that FIG. 8 only shows a simplified design of the communication device. In practical applications, the device can also contain other necessary components, including but not limited to any number of transceivers, processors, controllers, memories, etc., and all network devices that can implement this application are protected by this application. Within range.
在一种可能的设计中,该装置800可以是芯片,例如可以为可用于网络设备中的通信芯片,用于实现网络设备中处理器810的相关功能。该芯片可以为实现相关功能的现场可编程门阵列,专用集成芯片,系统芯片,中央处理器,网络处理器,数字信号处理电路,微控制器,还可以采用可编程控制器或其他集成芯片。该芯片中,可选的可以包括一个或多个存储器,用于存储程序代码,当所述代码被执行时,使得处理器实现相应的功能。In a possible design, the device 800 may be a chip, for example, a communication chip that can be used in a network device to implement related functions of the processor 810 in the network device. The chip can be a field programmable gate array, a dedicated integrated chip, a system chip, a central processing unit, a network processor, a digital signal processing circuit, a microcontroller, and a programmable controller or other integrated chips for realizing related functions. The chip may optionally include one or more memories for storing program codes. When the codes are executed, the processor realizes corresponding functions.
本申请实施例还提供一种装置,该装置可以是网络设备也可以是电路。该装置可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由网络设备所执行的动作。The embodiment of the present application also provides a device, which may be a network device or a circuit. The device can be used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
可选地,本实施例中的装置为终端时,图9示出了一种简化的终端的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图9中,终端以手机作为例子。如图9所示,终端包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端可以不具有输入输出装置。Optionally, when the device in this embodiment is a terminal, FIG. 9 shows a simplified structural diagram of a terminal. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate. In FIG. 9, the terminal uses a mobile phone as an example. As shown in Figure 9, the terminal includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals. The antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminals may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图9中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of description, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 9. In actual end products, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端的处理单元。如图9所示,终端包括收发单元910和处理单元920。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元910中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元910中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元910包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal, and the processor with the processing function may be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal. As shown in FIG. 9, the terminal includes a transceiving unit 910 and a processing unit 920. The transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on. The processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 910 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 910 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit 910 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The transceiver unit may sometimes be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit. The transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
应理解,收发单元910用于执行上述方法实施例中终端侧的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元920用于执行上述方法实施例中终端上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。It should be understood that the transceiving unit 910 is configured to perform sending operations and receiving operations on the terminal side in the foregoing method embodiments, and the processing unit 920 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal in addition to the transceiving operations in the foregoing method embodiments.
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理单元920用于执行图3中终端侧的处理步骤。收发单元910,用于执行图3中的步骤301和302中的收发操作,和/或收发单元910还用于执行本申请实施例中终端侧的其他收发步骤。For example, in an implementation manner, the processing unit 920 is configured to execute the processing steps on the terminal side in FIG. 3. The transceiving unit 910 is configured to perform the transceiving operations in steps 301 and 302 in FIG. 3, and/or the transceiving unit 910 is also configured to perform other transceiving steps on the terminal side in the embodiment of the present application.
当该装置为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
可选地,该装置为终端时,还可以参照图10所示的设备。作为一个例子,该设备可以完成类似于图6中处理器910的功能。在图10中,该设备包括处理器1001,发送数据 处理器1003,接收数据处理器1005。上述图5所示的实施例中的处理模块520可以是图10中的该处理器1001,并完成相应的功能。上述图5所示的实施例中的收发模块510可以是图10中的发送数据处理器1003和接收数据处理器1005。虽然图10中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器,但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明,仅是示意性的。Optionally, when the device is a terminal, the device shown in FIG. 10 can also be referred to. As an example, the device can perform functions similar to the processor 910 in FIG. 6. In Figure 10, the device includes a processor 1001, a data sending processor 1003, and a data receiving processor 1005. The processing module 520 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 may be the processor 1001 in FIG. 10 and complete corresponding functions. The transceiving module 510 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 may be the sending data processor 1003 and the receiving data processor 1005 in FIG. 10. Although the channel encoder and the channel decoder are shown in FIG. 10, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, and are only illustrative.
图11示出本实施例的另一种形式。处理装置1100中包括调制子系统、中央处理子系统、周边子系统等模块。本实施例中的通信设备可以作为其中的调制子系统。具体的,该调制子系统可以包括处理器1103,接口1104。其中处理器1103完成上述处理模块520的功能,接口1104完成上述收发模块510的功能。作为另一种变形,该调制子系统包括存储器1106、处理器1103及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的程序,所述处理器执行所述程序时实现实施例所述方法。需要注意的是,所述存储器1106可以是非易失性的,也可以是易失性的,其位置可以位于调制子系统内部,也可以位于处理装置1100中,只要该存储器1106可以连接到所述处理器1103即可。Fig. 11 shows another form of this embodiment. The processing device 1100 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and a peripheral subsystem. The communication device in this embodiment can be used as the modulation subsystem therein. Specifically, the modulation subsystem may include a processor 1103 and an interface 1104. The processor 1103 completes the function of the aforementioned processing module 520, and the interface 1104 completes the function of the aforementioned transceiver module 510. As another variation, the modulation subsystem includes a memory 1106, a processor 1103, and a program stored in the memory and capable of running on the processor, and the processor implements the method described in the embodiment when the program is executed. It should be noted that the memory 1106 can be non-volatile or volatile, and its location can be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 1100, as long as the memory 1106 can be connected to the The processor 1103 is sufficient.
本实施例中的装置为网络设备时,该网络设备可以如图12所示,例如,该装置120为基站。该基站可应用于如图1所示的系统中,执行上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。基站120可包括一个或多个DU 1201和一个或多个CU 1202。CU1202可以与下一代核心网(NG core,NC)通信。所述DU 1201可以包括至少一个天线12011,至少一个射频单元12012,至少一个处理器12013和至少一个存储器12014。所述DU 1201部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,以及部分基带处理。CU1202可以包括至少一个处理器12022和至少一个存储器12021。CU1202和DU1201之间可以通过接口进行通信,其中,控制面(control plane)接口可以为Fs-C,比如F1-C,用户面(user plane)接口可以为Fs-U,比如F1-U。When the device in this embodiment is a network device, the network device may be as shown in FIG. 12, for example, the device 120 is a base station. The base station can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to perform the functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The base station 120 may include one or more DU 1201 and one or more CU 1202. CU1202 can communicate with the next-generation core network (NG core, NC). The DU 1201 may include at least one antenna 12011, at least one radio frequency unit 12012, at least one processor 12013, and at least one memory 12014. The DU 1201 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals, the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, and part of baseband processing. The CU 1202 may include at least one processor 12022 and at least one memory 12021. CU1202 and DU1201 can communicate through interfaces, where the control plane interface can be Fs-C, such as F1-C, and the user plane interface can be Fs-U, such as F1-U.
所述CU 1202部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述DU 1201与CU 1202可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。所述CU 1202为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能。例如所述CU 1202可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。The CU 1202 part is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on. The DU 1201 and the CU 1202 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station. The CU 1202 is the control center of the base station, which may also be referred to as a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions. For example, the CU 1202 may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
具体的,CU和DU上的基带处理可以根据无线网络的协议层划分,例如分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层及以上协议层的功能设置在CU,PDCP以下的协议层,例如无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层和介质接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层等的功能设置在DU。又例如,CU实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能,DU实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)、MAC和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。Specifically, the baseband processing on the CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network, for example, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and the functions of the above protocol layers are set in the CU, the protocol layer below PDCP, For example, functions such as the radio link control (RLC) layer and the medium access control (MAC) layer are set in the DU. For another example, CU implements radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC), packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions, and DU implements radio link control (radio link control, RLC), MAC, and physical functions. The function of the (physical, PHY) layer.
此外,可选的,基站120可以包括一个或多个射频单元(RU),一个或多个DU和一个或多个CU。其中,DU可以包括至少一个处理器12013和至少一个存储器12014,RU可以包括至少一个天线12011和至少一个射频单元12012,CU可以包括至少一个处理器12022和至少一个存储器12021。In addition, optionally, the base station 120 may include one or more radio frequency units (RU), one or more DUs, and one or more CUs. The DU may include at least one processor 12013 and at least one memory 12014, the RU may include at least one antenna 12011 and at least one radio frequency unit 12012, and the CU may include at least one processor 12022 and at least one memory 12021.
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理器12013用于执行图3中网络设备侧的处理步骤。射频单元12012,用于执行图3中的步骤301和302中的收发操作。For example, in an implementation manner, the processor 12013 is configured to execute the processing steps on the network device side in FIG. 3. The radio frequency unit 12012 is used to perform the receiving and sending operations in steps 301 and 302 in FIG. 3.
在一个实例中,所述CU1202可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入指示的无线接入网(如5G网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述存储器12021和处理器12022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。所述DU1201可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入指示的无线接入网(如5G网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网,5G网或其他网)。所述存储器12014和处理器12013可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the CU1202 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network (such as a 5G network) with a single access indication, or can respectively support wireless access networks of different access standards. Access network (such as LTE network, 5G network or other network). The memory 12021 and the processor 12022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board. The DU1201 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network with a single access indication (such as a 5G network), or can respectively support wireless access networks with different access standards (such as LTE network, 5G network or other network). The memory 12014 and the processor 12013 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
应理解,处理器可以是集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the processor may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM), 其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchronous link DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), and synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchronous link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple .
应理解,说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”或“一实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本发明的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。应理解,在本发明的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that “one embodiment” or “an embodiment” mentioned throughout the specification means that a specific feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, the appearances of "in one embodiment" or "in an embodiment" in various places throughout the specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. In addition, these specific features, structures or characteristics can be combined in one or more embodiments in any suitable manner. It should be understood that in various embodiments of the present invention, the size of the sequence number of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present invention The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system", etc. used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor. Through the illustration, both the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components. One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed among two or more computers. In addition, these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. The component can be based on, for example, a signal having one or more data packets (e.g. data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through a signal) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
还应理解,本文中涉及的第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。It should also be understood that the first, second, and various numerical numbers involved in this specification are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。其中,单独存在A或B,并不限定A或B的数量。以单独存在A为例,可以理解为具有一个或多个A。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this text is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and both A and B exist. , There are three cases of B alone. Among them, the presence of A or B alone does not limit the number of A or B. Taking the existence of A alone as an example, it can be understood as having one or more A.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (50)

  1. 一种传输同步信号块SSB的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting a synchronization signal block SSB, characterized in that it comprises:
    接收配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示至少两个时频单元集合,所述至少两个时频单元集合中的每个时频单元集合中的时频单元对应相同的频域资源,且不同时频单元集合对应不同的频域资源,其中,所述至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的不同时频单元用于传输不同的SSB;Receive configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the time-frequency units in each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets correspond to the same frequency domain resources and are not The sets of simultaneous frequency units correspond to different frequency domain resources, wherein different time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets are used to transmit different SSBs;
    根据所述配置信息,接收SSB。According to the configuration information, the SSB is received.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合中除第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中存在第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB与第一时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有准同位QCL关系,其中,所述第一时频单元子集合为所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元,且所述第一时频单元子集合和所述第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同。The method according to claim 1, wherein there are SSBs transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set. The SSB transmitted with the first time-frequency unit subset has a quasi-co-location QCL relationship, wherein the first time-frequency unit subset is a time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit The time domain resources of the unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset are different.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合包括第一时频单元集合和第二时频单元集合,所述第一时频单元集合包括第一时频单元子集合和第二时频单元子集合,所述第二时频单元集合包括第三时频单元子集合,所述第二时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与所述第三时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,所述第一时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,所述第二时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,所述第三时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。The method according to claim 1, wherein the at least two time-frequency unit sets include a first time-frequency unit set and a second time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit set includes a first time-frequency unit set. A unit subset and a second time-frequency unit subset, the second time-frequency unit set includes a third time-frequency unit subset, and the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit subset is related to the The SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the third time-frequency unit subset has a QCL relationship, wherein the first time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the second time-frequency unit subset includes One or more time-frequency units, and the third time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合还包括第三时频单元集合,所述第一时频单元集合还包括第四时频单元子集合,所述第三时频单元集合包括第五时频单元子集合,所述第五时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与所述第四时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,所述第四时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,所述第五时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。The method according to claim 3, wherein the at least two time-frequency unit sets further include a third time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit set further includes a fourth time-frequency unit subset, so The third time-frequency unit set includes a fifth time-frequency unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fifth time-frequency unit subset and each time-frequency unit in the fourth time-frequency unit subset The transmitted SSB has a QCL relationship, the fourth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the fifth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二时频单元集合或所述第三时频单元集合中的时频单元为非小区定义NCD-SSB类型的时频单元。The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set or the third time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of a non-cell-defined NCD-SSB type.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合中存在时频单元子集合传输的SSB与所述第一时频单元集合中除第一时频单元子集合之外的所有时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,所述第一时频单元子集合的时域资源与第二时频单元子集合的时域资源相同,所述第二时频单元子集合为与所述第一时频单元集合中所述除所述第一时频单元子集合之外的时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的任意一个时频单元子集合。The method according to claim 1, wherein the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and the first time-frequency unit subset is divided by the first time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set The SSB transmitted by all the time-frequency unit subsets except for the QCL relationship, wherein the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset, and the second time-frequency unit subset The frequency unit subset is any time-frequency unit where the SSB that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset other than the first time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set is located Sub-collection.
  7. 根据权利要求2至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元为小区定义CD-SSB类型的时频单元。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of a cell-defined CD-SSB type.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合 中的第二时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元,所述第二时频单元集合为所述至少两个时频单元集合中除所述第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。Receiving indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit where the SSB in the first time-frequency unit set and the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship, the The second time-frequency unit set is another time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  9. 根据权利要求2至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元子集合,所述第二时频单元集合为所述至少两个时频单元集合中除所述第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。Receive indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit in which the SSB in the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set transmitted by the SSB has a QCL relationship is located Set, the second time-frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息指示所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于所述第二时频单元子集合的循环移位的单位长度的数目。The method according to claim 9, wherein the indication information indicates a cyclic shift unit of the time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set relative to the second time-frequency unit subset The number of lengths.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息指示所述第二时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,以及所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,其中,相同顺序位置的时频单元子集合用于传输的SSB具有QCL关系。The method according to claim 9, wherein the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the time-frequency units in the first time-frequency unit set The sequence of the subsets, where the SSBs used for transmission in the time-frequency unit subsets in the same sequence position have a QCL relationship.
  12. 根据权利要求8至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收指示信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 8 to 11, wherein the receiving instruction information comprises:
    接收系统信息,所述系统信息包括所述指示信息。Receiving system information, where the system information includes the indication information.
  13. 一种传输同步信号块SSB的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting a synchronization signal block SSB, characterized in that it comprises:
    发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示至少两个时频单元集合,所述至少两个时频单元集合中的每个时频单元集合中的时频单元对应相同的频域资源,且不同时频单元集合对应不同的频域资源,其中,所述至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的不同时频单元用于传输不同的SSB;Send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the time-frequency units in each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets correspond to the same frequency domain resources, and are not The sets of simultaneous frequency units correspond to different frequency domain resources, wherein different time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets are used to transmit different SSBs;
    在所述至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的至少两个时频单元上发送SSB。SSB is sent on at least two time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合中除第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中存在第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB与第一时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有准同位QCL关系,其中,所述第一时频单元子集合为所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元,且所述第一时频单元子集合和所述第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同。The method according to claim 13, wherein there are SSBs transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set. The SSB transmitted with the first time-frequency unit subset has a quasi-co-location QCL relationship, wherein the first time-frequency unit subset is a time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit The time domain resources of the unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset are different.
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合包括第一时频单元集合和第二时频单元集合,所述第一时频单元集合包括第一时频单元子集合和第二时频单元子集合,所述第二时频单元集合包括第三时频单元子集合,所述第二时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与所述第三时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,所述第一时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,所述第二时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,所述第三时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。The method according to claim 13, wherein the at least two time-frequency unit sets include a first time-frequency unit set and a second time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit set includes a first time-frequency unit set. The unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset, the second time-frequency unit set includes a third time-frequency unit subset, and the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit subset is related to the The SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the third time-frequency unit subset has a QCL relationship, wherein the first time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the second time-frequency unit subset includes One or more time-frequency units, and the third time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合还包括第三时频单元集合,所述第一时频单元集合还包括第四时频单元子集合,所述第三时频单元集合包括第五时频单元子集合,所述第五时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与所述第四时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,所述第四时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,所述第五时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。The method according to claim 15, wherein the at least two time-frequency unit sets further include a third time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit set further includes a fourth time-frequency unit subset, so The third time-frequency unit set includes a fifth time-frequency unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fifth time-frequency unit subset and each time-frequency unit in the fourth time-frequency unit subset The transmitted SSB has a QCL relationship, the fourth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the fifth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二时频单元集合或所述第三时频单元集合中的时频单元为非小区定义NCD-SSB类型的时频单元。The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set or the third time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of a non-cell-defined NCD-SSB type.
  18. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合中存在时频单元子集合传输的SSB与所述第一时频单元集合中除第一时频单元子集合之外的所有时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,第二时频单元子集合的时域资源与所述第一时频单元的时域资源相同,所述第二时频单元子集合为与所述第一时频单元集合中除所述第一时频单元子集合之外的时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的任意一个时频单元子集合。The method according to claim 13, wherein the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset exists in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and the first time-frequency unit subset is divided by the first time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set The SSB transmitted by all the time-frequency unit subsets except for the time-frequency unit subset has a QCL relationship, where the time-domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit, and the second time-frequency unit The subset is any time-frequency unit subset where the SSB that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset other than the first time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit subset is located.
  19. 根据权利要求13至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元为小区定义CD-SSB类型的时频单元。The method according to any one of claims 13 to 18, wherein the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of a cell-defined CD-SSB type.
  20. 根据权利要求13至19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 19, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元,所述第二时频单元集合为所述至少两个时频单元集合中除所述第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。Sending instruction information, where the instruction information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit where the SSB in the first time-frequency unit set and the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set has a QCL relationship, the The second time-frequency unit set is another time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  21. 根据权利要求14至19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 19, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元子集合,所述第二时频单元集合为所述至少两个时频单元集合中除所述第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。Send instruction information, where the instruction information is used to indicate the time-frequency unit of the SSB that has the QCL relationship between the SSB in the first time-frequency unit set and the second time-frequency unit subset in the second time-frequency unit set. Set, the second time-frequency unit set is other time-frequency unit sets in the at least two time-frequency unit sets except the first time-frequency unit set.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息指示所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于所述第二时频单元子集合的循环移位的单位长度的数目。The method according to claim 21, wherein the indication information indicates a unit of a cyclic shift of a time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set relative to the second time-frequency unit subset The number of lengths.
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息指示所述第二时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,以及所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,其中,相同顺序位置的时频单元子集合用于传输的SSB具有QCL关系。The method according to claim 21, wherein the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the time-frequency units in the first time-frequency unit set The sequence of the subsets, where the SSBs used for transmission in the time-frequency unit subsets in the same sequence position have a QCL relationship.
  24. 根据权利要求20至23中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送指示信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 20 to 23, wherein the sending instruction information comprises:
    发送系统信息,所述系统信息包括所述指示信息。Sending system information, where the system information includes the indication information.
  25. 一种传输同步信号块SSB的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for transmitting a synchronization signal block SSB, characterized in that it comprises:
    收发模块,用于接收配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示至少两个时频单元集合,所述至少两个时频单元集合中的每个时频单元集合中的时频单元对应相同的频域资源,且不同时频单元集合对应不同的频域资源,其中,所述至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的不同时频单元用于传输不同的SSB;The transceiver module is configured to receive configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the time-frequency units in each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets correspond to the same frequency Domain resources, and different time-frequency unit sets correspond to different frequency-domain resources, wherein different time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets are used to transmit different SSBs;
    处理模块,用于根据所述配置信息,通过所述收发模块接收SSB。The processing module is configured to receive the SSB through the transceiver module according to the configuration information.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合中除第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中存在第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB与第一时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有准同位QCL关系,其中,所述第一时频单元子集合为所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元,且所述第一时频单元子集合和所述第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同。The apparatus according to claim 25, wherein the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset exists in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set. The SSB transmitted with the first time-frequency unit subset has a quasi-co-location QCL relationship, wherein the first time-frequency unit subset is a time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit The time domain resources of the unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset are different.
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合包括第一时频单元集合和第二时频单元集合,所述第一时频单元集合包括第一时频单元子集合和第二时频单元子集合,所述第二时频单元集合包括第三时频单元子集合,所述第二时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与所述第三时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,所述第一时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,所述第二时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,所述第三时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。The apparatus according to claim 25, wherein the at least two time-frequency unit sets include a first time-frequency unit set and a second time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit set includes a first time-frequency unit set. A unit subset and a second time-frequency unit subset, the second time-frequency unit set includes a third time-frequency unit subset, and the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit subset is related to the The SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the third time-frequency unit subset has a QCL relationship, wherein the first time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the second time-frequency unit subset includes One or more time-frequency units, and the third time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合还包括第三时频单元集合,所述第一时频单元集合还包括第四时频单元子集合,所述第三时频单元集合包括第五时频单元子集合,所述第五时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与所述第四时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,所述第四时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,所述第五时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the at least two time-frequency unit sets further comprise a third time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit set further comprises a fourth time-frequency unit subset, so The third time-frequency unit set includes a fifth time-frequency unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fifth time-frequency unit subset and each time-frequency unit in the fourth time-frequency unit subset The transmitted SSB has a QCL relationship, the fourth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the fifth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二时频单元集合或所述第三时频单元集合中的时频单元为非小区定义NCD-SSB类型的时频单元。The apparatus according to claim 27 or 28, wherein the time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set or the third time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of a non-cell-defined NCD-SSB type.
  30. 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合中存在时频单元子集合传输的SSB与所述第一时频单元集合中除第一时频单元子集合之外的所有时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,所述第一时频单元子集合的时域资源与第二时频单元子集合的时域资源相同,所述第二时频单元子集合为与所述第一时频单元集合中所述除所述第一时频单元子集合之外的时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的任意一个时频单元子集合。The apparatus according to claim 25, wherein the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset exists in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and the first time-frequency unit subset is divided by the first time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set The SSB transmitted by all the time-frequency unit subsets except for the QCL relationship, wherein the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset, and the second time-frequency unit subset The frequency unit subset is any time-frequency unit where the SSB that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset other than the first time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set is located Sub-collection.
  31. 根据权利要求26至30中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元为小区定义CD-SSB类型的时频单元。The apparatus according to any one of claims 26 to 30, wherein the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of a cell-defined CD-SSB type.
  32. 根据权利要求25至31中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元,所述第二时频单元集合为所述至少两个时频单元集合中除所述第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。The apparatus according to any one of claims 25 to 31, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to receive indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the first time-frequency unit set is different from the second time-frequency unit set. The second time-frequency unit in the time-frequency unit set transmits the time-frequency unit where the SSB with the QCL relationship is located, and the second time-frequency unit set is divided by the first time-frequency unit set from the at least two time-frequency unit sets Sets of time-frequency units other than the set of frequency units.
  33. 根据权利要求26至31中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于接收指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元子集合,所述第二时频单元集合为所述至少两个时频单元集合中除所述第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。The device according to any one of claims 26 to 31, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to receive indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the first time-frequency unit set is different from the second time-frequency unit set. The second time-frequency unit subset in the time-frequency unit set transmits the time-frequency unit subset where the SSB with the QCL relationship is located, and the second time-frequency unit set is divided by the at least two time-frequency unit sets Other time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息指示所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于所述第二时频单元子集合的循环移位的单位长度的数目。The apparatus according to claim 33, wherein the indication information indicates a unit of a cyclic shift of a time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set relative to the second time-frequency unit subset The number of lengths.
  35. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息指示所述第二时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,以及所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,其中,相同顺序位置的时频单元子集合用于传输的SSB具有QCL关系。The apparatus according to claim 33, wherein the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the time-frequency units in the first time-frequency unit set The order of the subsets, where the SSBs used for transmission in the time-frequency unit subsets in the same order position have a QCL relationship.
  36. 根据权利要求32至35中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块具体用 于:The device according to any one of claims 32 to 35, wherein the transceiver module is specifically used for:
    接收系统信息,所述系统信息包括所述指示信息。Receiving system information, where the system information includes the indication information.
  37. 一种传输同步信号块SSB的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for transmitting a synchronization signal block SSB, characterized in that it comprises:
    收发模块,用于发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示至少两个时频单元集合,所述至少两个时频单元集合中的每个时频单元集合中的时频单元对应相同的频域资源,且不同时频单元集合对应不同的频域资源,其中,所述至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的不同时频单元用于传输不同的SSB;The transceiver module is configured to send configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate at least two time-frequency unit sets, and the time-frequency units in each time-frequency unit set in the at least two time-frequency unit sets correspond to the same frequency Domain resources, and different time-frequency unit sets correspond to different frequency-domain resources, wherein different time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets are used to transmit different SSBs;
    所述收发模块,还用于在所述至少两个时频单元集合中的相同时域资源的至少两个时频单元上发送SSB。The transceiver module is further configured to send SSB on at least two time-frequency units of the same time-domain resource in the at least two time-frequency unit sets.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合中除第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合中存在第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB与第一时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有准同位QCL关系,其中,所述第一时频单元子集合为所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元,且所述第一时频单元子集合和所述第二时频单元子集合的时域资源不同。The apparatus according to claim 37, wherein the SSB transmitted by the second time-frequency unit subset exists in the at least two time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set. The SSB transmitted with the first time-frequency unit subset has a quasi-co-location QCL relationship, wherein the first time-frequency unit subset is a time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit The time domain resources of the unit subset and the second time-frequency unit subset are different.
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合包括第一时频单元集合和第二时频单元集合,所述第一时频单元集合包括第一时频单元子集合和第二时频单元子集合,所述第二时频单元集合包括第三时频单元子集合,所述第二时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与所述第三时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,所述第一时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,所述第二时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,所述第三时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。The apparatus according to claim 37, wherein the at least two time-frequency unit sets include a first time-frequency unit set and a second time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit set includes a first time-frequency unit set. A unit subset and a second time-frequency unit subset, the second time-frequency unit set includes a third time-frequency unit subset, and the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit subset is related to the The SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the third time-frequency unit subset has a QCL relationship, wherein the first time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the second time-frequency unit subset includes One or more time-frequency units, and the third time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合还包括第三时频单元集合,所述第一时频单元集合还包括第四时频单元子集合,所述第三时频单元集合包括第五时频单元子集合,所述第五时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB与所述第四时频单元子集合中的各个时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系,所述第四时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元,所述第五时频单元子集合包括一个或多个时频单元。The apparatus according to claim 39, wherein the at least two time-frequency unit sets further comprise a third time-frequency unit set, and the first time-frequency unit set further comprises a fourth time-frequency unit subset, so The third time-frequency unit set includes a fifth time-frequency unit subset, the SSB transmitted by each time-frequency unit in the fifth time-frequency unit subset and each time-frequency unit in the fourth time-frequency unit subset The transmitted SSB has a QCL relationship, the fourth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units, and the fifth time-frequency unit subset includes one or more time-frequency units.
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二时频单元集合或所述第三时频单元集合中的时频单元为非小区定义NCD-SSB类型的时频单元。The apparatus according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the time-frequency unit in the second time-frequency unit set or the third time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of a non-cell-defined NCD-SSB type.
  42. 根据权利要求37所述的装置,其特征在于,所述至少两个时频单元集合中存在时频单元子集合传输的SSB与所述第一时频单元集合中除第一时频单元子集合之外的所有时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系,其中,第二时频单元子集合的时域资源与所述第一时频单元的时域资源相同,所述第二时频单元子集合为与所述第一时频单元集合中除所述第一时频单元子集合之外的时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的任意一个时频单元子集合。The apparatus according to claim 37, wherein the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset in the at least two time-frequency unit sets and the first time-frequency unit subset is divided by the first time-frequency unit set in the first time-frequency unit set The SSB transmitted by all the time-frequency unit subsets except for the time-frequency unit subset has a QCL relationship, where the time-domain resources of the second time-frequency unit subset are the same as the time-domain resources of the first time-frequency unit, and the second time-frequency unit The subset is any time-frequency unit subset where the SSB that has a QCL relationship with the SSB transmitted by the time-frequency unit subset other than the first time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit subset is located.
  43. 根据权利要求37至42中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元为小区定义CD-SSB类型的时频单元。The apparatus according to any one of claims 37 to 42, wherein the time-frequency unit in the first time-frequency unit set is a time-frequency unit of a cell-defined CD-SSB type.
  44. 根据权利要求37至43中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中 的第二时频单元传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元,所述第二时频单元集合为所述至少两个时频单元集合中除所述第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。The device according to any one of claims 37 to 43, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to send instruction information, and the instruction information is used to indicate that the first time-frequency unit set is different from the second time-frequency unit set. The second time-frequency unit in the time-frequency unit set transmits the time-frequency unit where the SSB with the QCL relationship is located, and the second time-frequency unit set is divided by the first time-frequency unit set from the at least two time-frequency unit sets Sets of time-frequency units other than the set of frequency units.
  45. 根据权利要求38至43中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,还用于发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一时频单元集合中与第二时频单元集合中的第二时频单元子集合传输的SSB具有QCL关系的SSB所在的时频单元子集合,所述第二时频单元集合为所述至少两个时频单元集合中除所述第一时频单元集合之外的其他时频单元集合。The device according to any one of claims 38 to 43, wherein the transceiver module is further configured to send instruction information, and the instruction information is used to indicate that the first time-frequency unit set is different from the second time-frequency unit set. The second time-frequency unit subset in the time-frequency unit set transmits the time-frequency unit subset where the SSB with QCL relationship is located, and the second time-frequency unit set is divided by the at least two time-frequency unit sets Other time-frequency unit sets other than the first time-frequency unit set.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息指示所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合相对于所述第二时频单元子集合的循环移位的单位长度的数目。The apparatus according to claim 45, wherein the indication information indicates a unit of a cyclic shift of a time-frequency unit subset in the first time-frequency unit set relative to the second time-frequency unit subset The number of lengths.
  47. 根据权利要求45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息指示所述第二时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,以及所述第一时频单元集合中的时频单元子集合的顺序,其中,相同顺序位置的时频单元子集合用于传输的SSB具有QCL关系。The apparatus according to claim 45, wherein the indication information indicates the order of the time-frequency unit subsets in the second time-frequency unit set, and the time-frequency units in the first time-frequency unit set The sequence of the subsets, where the SSBs used for transmission in the time-frequency unit subsets in the same sequence position have a QCL relationship.
  48. 根据权利要求44至47中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发模块,具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 44 to 47, wherein the transceiver module is specifically configured to:
    发送系统信息,所述系统信息包括所述指示信息。Sending system information, where the system information includes the indication information.
  49. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质包括计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法或权利要求13-23中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium includes a computer program or instruction, and when the computer program or instruction runs on a computer, the computer executes any one of claims 1-12. Or the method of any one of claims 13-23.
  50. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法或权利要求13-23中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product comprises a computer program or instruction, when the computer program or instruction runs on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the computer program according to any one of claims 1-12. The method or the method of any one of claims 13-23.
PCT/CN2019/130836 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal blocks WO2021134626A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201980103174.1A CN114846758A (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Method and device for transmitting synchronization signal block
PCT/CN2019/130836 WO2021134626A1 (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal blocks

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/130836 WO2021134626A1 (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal blocks

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021134626A1 true WO2021134626A1 (en) 2021-07-08

Family

ID=76686863

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/130836 WO2021134626A1 (en) 2019-12-31 2019-12-31 Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal blocks

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114846758A (en)
WO (1) WO2021134626A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023108428A1 (en) * 2021-12-14 2023-06-22 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and apparatus for receiving/transmitting configuration information of ncd-ssb, communication device, and storage medium
WO2023125237A1 (en) * 2021-12-28 2023-07-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 Cell selection or reselection method and apparatus, terminal, and readable storage medium
WO2023130427A1 (en) * 2022-01-10 2023-07-13 富士通株式会社 Cell selection or reselection method, apparatus and system
WO2023130449A1 (en) * 2022-01-10 2023-07-13 富士通株式会社 Signal receiving method and apparatus, and system
WO2023221130A1 (en) * 2022-05-20 2023-11-23 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Measurement method and apparatus, and device and storage medium

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190104552A1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-04 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Ssb to rach resource associations and related rach configuration contents in multi-beam system
CN110224802A (en) * 2018-09-28 2019-09-10 华为技术有限公司 Transmit the method and communication device of signal
CN110461007A (en) * 2019-08-21 2019-11-15 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and communication device of random access

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190104552A1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-04 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Ssb to rach resource associations and related rach configuration contents in multi-beam system
CN110224802A (en) * 2018-09-28 2019-09-10 华为技术有限公司 Transmit the method and communication device of signal
CN110461007A (en) * 2019-08-21 2019-11-15 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and communication device of random access

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ETRI: "Remaining details on RACH procedure", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1718004 REMAINING DETAILS ON RACH PROCEDURE_FINAL, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Prague, Czech; 20171009 - 20171013, 3 October 2017 (2017-10-03), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051352879 *

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023108428A1 (en) * 2021-12-14 2023-06-22 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and apparatus for receiving/transmitting configuration information of ncd-ssb, communication device, and storage medium
WO2023125237A1 (en) * 2021-12-28 2023-07-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 Cell selection or reselection method and apparatus, terminal, and readable storage medium
WO2023130427A1 (en) * 2022-01-10 2023-07-13 富士通株式会社 Cell selection or reselection method, apparatus and system
WO2023130449A1 (en) * 2022-01-10 2023-07-13 富士通株式会社 Signal receiving method and apparatus, and system
WO2023221130A1 (en) * 2022-05-20 2023-11-23 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Measurement method and apparatus, and device and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114846758A (en) 2022-08-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020164601A1 (en) Transmission configuration index state indication method, and communication apparatus
WO2020103793A1 (en) Beam reporting method and communication apparatus
WO2021134626A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting synchronization signal blocks
WO2020034889A1 (en) Signal transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2021062973A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
CN110880958B (en) Method and device for reporting radio frequency parameters
JP6093012B2 (en) Device, system and method for communicating during association beamforming training (A-BFT) period
WO2020143647A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting channel state information
WO2021159493A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus
WO2018202098A1 (en) Method of wireless communication, network device and terminal device
WO2020248825A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining state of antenna panel
WO2022007967A1 (en) Reference signal resource configuration method and apparatus
WO2021073577A1 (en) Resource measurement method and apparatus
WO2020063308A1 (en) Method and device for indicating beam information in wireless communication network
WO2020238617A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining cell activation delay
WO2020221349A1 (en) Method and apparatus for reporting beam failure
WO2021017773A1 (en) Method and apparatus for reporting channel state information
WO2020052443A1 (en) Resource management method and communication apparatus
WO2021062764A1 (en) Timing advance (ta) processing method and device for terminal
WO2021062766A1 (en) Interference measurement reporting method and communication apparatus
US20220416857A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
CN111436129B (en) Data transmission method and communication device
WO2022199346A1 (en) Instruction method and related product
WO2021008353A1 (en) Method and device for determining receiving parameter used for channel measurement
WO2020221040A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19958279

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19958279

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1